Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
GU A DE PRODUCTOS
Sensores f ot oel ct ri cos para l a
det ecci n, seguri dad,
medi da e i nspecci n
DATALOGIC AUTOMATION
BUSINESS UNITS
USS SENSORS
2
Nuestra unidad de negocio Unattended
Scanning System (USS), desarrolla y fabrica
soluciones de identificacin automtica con una
completa gama de lectores de cdigos de
barras fijas y sistemas de lser y tecnologa de
imgenes para asegurar la trazabilidad de los
procesos industriales en Factory Automation.
- Imagers
- Industrial Bar Code Scanners
- Embedded Bar Code Readers
Datasensor es la marca reconocida a nivel
i nt ernaci onal de nuest ro f abri cant e
especialista en componentes de deteccin,
seguri dad, medi ci n e i nspecci n y en
soluciones para la automatizacin industrial.
- Photoelectric Detection Devices
- Photoelectric Safety Devices
- Photoelectric Inspection Devices
- Photoelectric Measurement Devices
- Ultrasonic, Capacitive and
Inductive Proximity Sensors
RFID LASER MARKING
3
Escort Memory Systems es la marca que
denomina las soluciones industriales con
tecnologa RFID de lectura/escritura. EMS es la
solucin de identificacin automtica elegida por
muchos fabricantes del sector automovilstico,
electrnico, farmacutico y alimentario.
- Low Frequency (LF)
- High Frequency (HF)
- Ultra High Frequency (UHF)
Laservall es uno de los principales fabricantes
de fuentes lser industriales con tecnologa de
estado slido (DPSS) a baja potencia (hasta
200 W) y sistemas de marcacin. Lleva 15
aos en el sector, entrando a formar parte del
Grupo Datalogic en el 2004.
- Laser Sources for Marking
- Laser Sources for Microwelding
- DPSS Technology
- IR, Green, UV Lasers
INDICE
DATALOGIC AUTOMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Sensores fotoelctricos universales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sensores tubulares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Sensores miniatura y sensores de fibra ptica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Sensores compactos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Sensores grandes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Sensores para aplicaciones fotoelctricas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Sensores de herradura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Sensores de luminiscencia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Sensores de contraste y color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Sensores de rea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Accesorios para sensores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Sensores de proximidad inductivos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Equipos fotoelctricos de medicin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Haces cruzados de medicin y sensores de lnea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Sensores de distancia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Equipos fotoelctricos de inspeccin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Sensores de cmara de visin artificial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Iluminadores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Sensores de visin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Configuradores y monitores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4
Equipos fotoelctricos de seguridad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Gua para la seleccin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Barreras de luz para la proteccin de dedos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Barreras de luz para la proteccin de manos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Barreras de luz para la proteccin del cuerpo humano y control de presencia . . 64
Proteccin del cuerpo humano con Muting integrado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Proteccin del cuerpo humano con unidad pasiva y Muting integrado . . . . . . . . 70
Accesorios para barreras de luz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Reguladores de temperatura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
DATALOGIC AUTOMATION aplica una garanta de tres aos desde la fecha de
fabricacin para todos los productos desglosados en este catlogo general
5
SENSORES
FOTOELCTRICOS UNIVERSALES
6
Serie S10
Serie bsica de sensores
fotoelctricos tubulares M18
estndar con carcasa de metal
IP69K
- Mayores alcances de deteccin
- Mayor proteccin mecnica IP69K
- Modelos en acero inoxidable AISI-316L
- Versiones para la industria mecnica o
alimentaria
- Salida en configuracin estndar de 3
cables
Serie S50
Amplia gama de sensores
fotoelctricos tubulares M18
estndar de aplicacin universal
- Todas las funciones pticas, tambin Lser
- M18 plstico plano con fijacin universal
- Disponible en carcasa M18 de metal
- Versin con rayos axiales o radiales, con
cable o conector
- Salida estndar de 4 cables NO-NC
NPN o PNP
Serie S51
Serie bsica de la gama
econmica de sensores
fotoelctricos tubulares tipo
estndar M18
- Seleccin de funciones pticas universales
- Las ms altas prestaciones al mejor precio
- Carcasa M18 plana de plstico o metal
- Versiones con rayos axiales o radiales,
cable o conector
- Salida estndar de 3 cables y
configuracin claro/oscuro
NUEVAS PRESTACIONES NUEVAS PRESTACIONES
La nueva seri e S10 de
sensores fotoelctricos M18 en
carcasa tubular de metal se ha
desarrol l ado para l as
aplicaciones ms complejas en
l a i ndust ri a mecni ca o
al i mentari a. La prot ecci n
mecnica IP69K garantiza la
resistencia en maquinaria con
chorros de agua y al tas
temperaturas hasta 80C, as
como presiones de hasta 100
bar. Adems, existen versiones
de acero inoxidable AISI 316L
con pti ma resi stenci a a l a
corrosi n ci da para l a
exposi ci n a l os agent es
qumicos y detergentes ms
agresivos. La serie S10 incluye
palpadores regulables hasta
10, 35 o 60 cm y palpadores
focalizados a 14 mm; reflex a 4
m, reflex polarizados a 3 m y
reflex para transparentes a 1
m; barreras emisor/receptor
hasta 18 m. Para la conexin al
conector M12 slo hacen falta
tres cables para la alimentacin
y la salida NPN o PNP.
La serie S50 ofrece todas las
funciones pticas con las ms
altas prestaciones en el formato
estndar M18. Las versiones
universales tambin se
suministran con emisin de rayos
lser clase 1, las versiones ms
avanzadas con supresin de
fondo o de primer plano. Esta
serie abarca tambin sensores
de contraste, luminiscencia o
distancia con salida analgica.
Todos los modelos estn
disponibles en una innovadora
carcasa de plstico plana de
fijacin universal (tuercas M18 o
tornillos M3), o bien en la
tradicional carcasa cilndrica de
metal. En ambos casos existen
versiones con lente axial o radial,
con cable o con conector M12 en
caso de configuracin
normalizada de 4 cables con
salidas dobles NO-NC del tipo
NPN o PNP. La serie S50 es la
solucin de aplicacin universal
de referencia para la
automatizacin industrial.
La serie S51 ofrece la solucin
ms econmi ca para l a
det ecci n pt i ca en l a
automatizacin industrial. Los
menores costes, resultado de
una produccin automatizada y
explotacin econmica ptima
de l os model os de mayor
divulgacin, sin embargo, no
representan una reduccin de
las altsimas prestaciones de
estos modelos de funciones
pticas bsicas. El palpador
directo tiene una distancia fija
de 10 cm o regulable hasta 40
cm; el reflex tiene un alcance
de 4 m o de 3 m en caso de
reflex polarizado; la barrera
emi sor/ recept or of rece un
alcance de hasta 18 m. Todos
los modelos estn disponibles
tanto en versin con carcasa
plana de plstico o cilndrica de
metal, con lente axial o radial,
con conexi n por cabl e o
conector M12 y salida NPN o
PNP.
NUEVAS PRESTACIONES
NUEVAS PRESTACIONES NUEVA SERIE NUEVA SERIE
7
Serie S15
Sensores fotoelctricos tubulares
- Carcasa reducida de slo 40 mm
- Salida con cable
- Sin potencimetro de ajuste de
sensibilidad
- Proteccin mecnica IP69K
Serie S40/S41
fotoelctricos miniatura segn
estndar europeo
- Modelos universales econmicos con
potencimetro
- Modelos de elevadas prestaciones con autoajuste
- Supresin de fondo y reflex con lser
- Reflex polarizado para transparentes
- Salida de 4 cables NA/NC o con ajuste
externo (Remote)
Serie S8
Lnea avanzada de sensores
fotoelctricos miniatura
- Dimensiones compactas (14x42x25
mm)
- Frecuencia de conmutacin hasta 10
KHz
- Haz focalizado < 1 mm (versin lser)
- Alta resolucin
- Versiones coaxiales
En el mercado europeo, l a
serie S40 y la serie bsica S41
ms econmica representan la
gama ms compl eta de
sensores f ot oel ct ri cos
mi ni atura de di mensi ones y
f i j aci ones estandari zadas.
I ncl uyen barreras
emisor/receptor a 6 m, reflex
polarizado a 3 m y en caso de
emisin lser a 6 m, reflex para
t ransparent es a 0. 7 m,
palpadores directos a 35 cm y
con lser a 15 cm, supresin
de f ondo a 10 cm y con
emisin lser a 6 cm para una
deteccin de mayor precisin.
La salida es de tipo NO con
aj ust e ext erno para l os
modelos de la serie S40 con
programacin por autoajuste, o
salida doble NO-NC para los
modelos con regulacin por
potencimetro de la serie S41
ms econmica. En todos los
casos, est n di sponi bl es
versi ones NPN o PNP, con
conexi n por cabl e o con
conector M8.
La nueva serie S8 de sensores
miniatura ofrece excelentes
prestaciones de deteccin, una
caracterstica conocida general-
mente de sensores ms caros y
de mayores dimensiones.
Estn disponibles los modelos
con reflex polarizado coaxial de
rayo lser, supresin mecnica
de fondo con lser, reflex polari-
zado coaxial con emisin LED
para la deteccin de objetos
transparentes y sensores de
contraste con emisin RGB,
rayo coaxial y alta resolucin en
carcasa compacta. Las versio-
nes lser se caracterizan por su
haz focalizado inferior a 1 mm y
su frecuencia de conmutacin
de 10KHz, las ms altas dispo-
nibles en el mercado. Las ver-
siones retroreflex garantizan
una excelente fiabilidad y pro-
ductividad, gracias a una seal
adicional de ALARMA en caso
de lentes sucias. Estn disponi-
bles en dos versiones diferen-
tes, con conector M8 o M12.
La caracterstica principal de
los nuevos sensores tubulares
M18 de la serie S15 es la longi-
tud de la carcasa de slo 40
mm. Para una instalacin rpi-
da y sencilla, la serie S15 se
suministra sin potencimetro de
ajuste. Esta caracterstica redu-
ce considerablemente la posibi-
lidad que el operador modifique
las prestaciones del sensor,
garantizando de esta forma una
mayor fiabilidad y productividad
del sensor. Estn disponibles
las funciones pticas ms
importantes del sector indu-
strial: reflex polarizado, reflex
no polarizado, palpador de pro-
ximidad y barrera
emisor/receptor. Todos los
modelos disponen de protec-
cin mecnica IP69K, con lo
cual son idneos para la aplica-
cin bajo condiciones ambien-
tales difciles.
NEW MODELS NUEVOS MODELOS NUEVAS PRESTACIONES
8
SENSORES
Serie S3Z
Serie bsica de sensores
fotoelctricos miniatura estndar,
sector Asia-Pacfico
- Supresin de fondo de 50-250 mm
- Palpador a 0.7 m, con haz estrecho a 15 cm
- Reflex polarizado a 4 m
- Barrera emisor/receptor a 15 m
- Salida con configuracin estndar de 3
cables
Serie S7
Amplificadores y sensores de
fibra ptica de formato compacto
para gua DIN
- Modelos de alta resolucin con display
- Resolucin de 12 bit y tiempos de
respuesta 50 ms
- Versiones con potencimetro y autoajuste
- Amplia gama fibras pticas como accesorio
- Salida de 4 cables NO/NC o con ajuste
externo (Remote)
Serie S60
fotoelctricos en formato compacto
50x50 de aplicacin universal
- Seleccin de funciones pticas universales
- Las ms altas prestaciones al mejor precio
- Carcasa M18 plana de plstico o metal
- Versin con rayos axiales o radiales,
cable o conector
- Salida estndar de 3 cables y ajuste
claro/oscuro
NUEVOS MODELOS
Adems de sus altos alcances
y su precio accesible, la serie
S3Z es ideal en el mercado
debi do a su f ormat o de
di mensi ones y f i j aci ones
estndar, especialmente en el
sector Asi a-Pacfi co. Estn
di sponi bl es l os model os de
barrera emisor/receptor a 15 m,
ref l ex pol ari zado a 4 m,
palpador directo a 70 cm y haz
estrecho para alcances entre
50 y 150 mm. Tambin est
di sponi bl e el model o con
supresin de fondo de 5 a 25
cm con programaci n por
potencimetro multigiro. Cada
modelo est previsto con salida
NPN o PNP, con posibilidad de
configuracin claro/oscuro y
con conexi n por cabl e o
conector M8. La carcasa de
pl st i co es t otal ment e
i mpermeabl e graci as a su
recubri mi ent o t otal ,
garant i zando l a mxi ma
estanquei dad mecni ca,
i ncl uso si el model o est
expuesto a frecuentes lavados.
Los sensores de la serie S7
ofrecen la solucin ideal para el
montaje de distintas unidades en
guas DIN, con la posibilidad de
deslocalizar los distintos puntos
de deteccin con fibra ptica en
distintos puntos de la mquina,
tambin en espacios limitados o
en caso de uniones mecnicas o
elevadas temperaturas. Para la
deteccin ms exacta y rpida de
objetos de pequeas
dimensiones o contrastes de
color o escala de grises mnimos,
estn disponibles modelos de
bajos tiempos de respuesta de
tan solo 50 s y alta resolucin a
12 bit, con visualizacin en un
display de 4 dgitos. Para
detecciones de mayor alcance,
sin embargo, estn disponibles
modelos estndar a 500 s y 10
bit. La programacin de los
sensores es fcil y rpida,
gracias al sistema EASYtouch
TM
o a la regulacin mediante
potencimetro en los modelos
ms econmicos.
En la carcasa compacta de 50
x 50 de tan sl o 15 mm de
grosor, l a seri e S60 of rece
todas l as funci ones pti cas
ms desarrolladas, al mismo
tiempo que tambin todas las
f unci ones uni versal es de
det ecci n. Los model os
tambin estn disponibles con
emisin de lser, clase 1. Entre
l os di f erent es model os se
encuentran el reflex polarizado
con l ent e coaxi al para l a
det ecci n de obj et os
ref l ectant es, i ncl uyendo
transparentes, el palpador con
supresin de primer plano y/o
de f ondo, el sensor de
contraste de luz blanca para la
deteccin de marcas de color,
el sensor de luminiscencia con
emi si n UV y el sensor de
distancia con salida analgica.
Existen la versin con conexin
por cable o con conector M12
de giro de 2 posiciones y con
sal i da NPN o PNP con
configuracin normalizada.
La nueva serie S2Z ofrece 4
modelos con las funciones
pticas bsicas: 50 m de
barrera emisor-receptor, 7 m de
reflex polarizado, 1 m de
palpador de proximidad y 2 m
de supresin de fondo.
Versiones con voltaje en
corriente continua de 10 a 30
Vcc y modelos multitensin de
24 a 240 Vca / 12 240 Vcc,
disponibles con temporizador,
ajustables de 0,1 a 5
segundos. Las salidas pueden
tener un rel SPDT o un
transistor de colector abierto de
doble salida NPN/PNP. El
bloque de conexin facilita las
conexiones y simplifica la
instalacin. La carcasa plstica
y robusta garantiza una
excelente resistencia en
entornos de trabajo
especialmente adversos.
NUEVA SERIE
9
NUEVAS PRESTACIONES NUEVA SERIE
La serie S62 ofrece mximas
prestaciones para las principales
funciones de deteccin ptica.
Los modelos de supresin de
fondo tienen una alcance de 3 a
30 cm, con un LED de luz roja
visible, o bien de 6-60, 6-120 y
20-200 cm con una emisin LED
infrarroja. Los modelos reflex
polarizados con LED de luz roja
visible tienen un alto alcance,
llegando hasta 10 m, con gran
inmunidad contra reflejos
procedentes de otros objetos
reflectantes. Las versiones con
LED de luz roja visible estn
disponibles tanto con una
supresin de fondo de 3-15 como
tambin de 5-35 cm, con reflex
polarizado hasta 22 m y medicin
de distancia de 40-120 mm. Los
sensores lser se caracterizan
por un punto de luz muy pequeo
y su bajo tiempo de respuesta, lo
cual garantiza una excelente
capacidad de deteccin repetida.
En la carcasa compacta de metal
de tan slo 41x49x15 mm la serie
S90 ofrece todas las funciones
pticas para aplicaciones
especiales y universales. Esta
serie tambin est disponible
con emisin de lser clase 1.
Entre los distintos modelos
destacan el reflex polarizado con
lente coaxial para detectar
objetos reflectantes, incluso si
son transparentes, el palpador
con supresin de primer plano
y/o fondo, el sensor de contraste
con emisin de luz blanca para la
deteccin de marcas, el sensor
de luminiscencia con emisin UV
para la deteccin de marcas
fluorescentes as como modelos
con emisin lser para
detecciones de alta resolucin.
Para todos los modelos existen
versiones con salida NPN o PNP
y con conexin normalizada con
conector M12 giratorio de cuatro
posiciones.
Serie S62
Supresin de fondo de altas
prestaciones y reflex polarizado
- Sensores con emisin LED o lser
- Supresin de fondo de 3 cm a 2 m
- Reflex polarizado hasta 20 m
- Sensor de distancia entre 40 a 120 mm
- Salida NPN/PNPcon configuracin NO-NC
Serie S90
fotoelctricos compactos en
carcasa de metal
- Supresin de fondo y reflex polarizado
- Versiones con lser clase 1 para
largos alcances
- Sensores de contraste y luminiscencia
de rayos UV
- Carcasa de alta resistencia mecnica
- Salida estndar de 4 cables NO-NC
NPN o PNP
Serie S2Z
Nueva serie de sensores
fotoelctricos Maxi, ideal para
aplicaciones crticas
- Funciones pticas bsicas
- Proteccin mecnica IP67
- Funciones de temporizador (ONE-
SHOT, ON/OFF, Delay)
- Bloque de conexin con abrazaderas
de muelle para facilitar el cableado
S10
018 m
0.14 m
0.13 m
0.10.8 m
110 cm
135 cm
060 cm
14 mm
1030
M18 x 55/67
latonado NI
acero inoxidable AISI316L
IP69K
SERIE
012 m
0.14 m
0.13 m
0.10.8 m
110 cm
135 cm
060 cm
15 mm
085 mm
022 mm
1030
15264
()
M18 x 55/68
ABS
IP67
S5
II3
10
SENSORES
Emisor/receptor
Reflex
(en reflector R2)
Reflex
polarizado (en reflector R2)
Reflex
para transparentes (en reflector R2)
Palpador directo
Palpador focalizado
Palpador con
supresin de fondo
Palpador con
supresin de primer plano
Sensor de distancia
Emisor/receptor
de fibra ptica
Palpador
de fibra ptica
Tubulares
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
pig-tail
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
A
L
C
A
N
C
E
S
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
S15
020 m
0.14 m
0.13 m
110 cm
135 cm
1230
M18 x 40
ABS
IP69K
11
S50 S51
020 m
0.14 m
0.13 m
010 cm
145 cm
1030
M18 x 55/68
PBT
latonado NI
IP67
025 m
060 m
0.14 m
0.14 m
0.116 m
0.11.3 m
10 cm
510 cm
410 cm
510 cm
0100 mm
030 mm
1030
010 V
M18 x 55/68
PBT
latonado NI
IP67
cl.1
cl.1
cl.1
SERIE
010 cm
040 cm
070 cm
035 cm
II3
12
SENSORES
Emisor/receptor
Reflex
(en reflector R2)
Reflex
Reflex
Palpador directo
Palpador focalizado
Palpador con
supresin de fondo
Palpador con
Sensor de distancia
Emisor/receptor
de fibra ptica
Palpador
de fibra ptica
Tubulares
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
A
L
C
A
N
C
E
S
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
060 m
0.0312 m
035 cm
1030
M18 x 66
ABS
IP67
210 cm
412 cm
1030
M18 x 100 (SDS5)

M18 x 80 (SDS10)
ABS (SDS5)
latonado NI (SDS10)
IP67
SDS SL5
cl.1
cl.1
cl.1
13
14 14
02 m
5150 cm
10100 cm
1030
8 x 23 x 12
policarbonato
IP67
0.16 m
0.13 m
0.12.5 m
0.16 m
0.10.7 m
0.530 cm
415 cm
1.510 cm
26 cm
1030
12 x 32 x 20
ABS
IP67
SERIE SMall S40
cl.2
cl.2
cl.2
315 mm
320 mm
330 mm
350 mm
Sensores miniatura y
sensores de fibra ptica
SENSORES
Emisor/receptor
Reflex
(en reflector R2)
Reflex
Reflex
Palpador directo
Palpador focalizado
Palpador con
supresin de fondo
Palpador con
Sensor de distancia
Emisor/receptor
de fibra ptica
Palpador
de fibra ptica
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
A
L
C
A
N
C
E
S
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
15 15
0.16 m
0.12.5 m
0.10.7 m
0.235 cm
110 mm
1030
12 x 32 x 20
ABS
IP67
S41
015 m
0.054 m
070 cm
515 cm
525 cm
1030
11 x 31 x 19
PC/PBT
IP67
S3Z
05 m
0.12.5 m
0.12 m
0.20.8 m
010 cm
050 cm
12 mm
0110 mm
033 mm
1030
13 x 42 x 29
ABS
IP66
S3 SERIE
16
SENSORES
Sensores miniatura y
sensores de fibra ptica
Emisor/receptor
Reflex
(en reflector R2)
Reflex
Reflex
Palpador directo
Palpador focalizado
Palpador con
supresin de fondo
Palpador con
Sensor de distancia
Emisor/receptor
de fibra ptica
Palpador
de fibra ptica
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
A
L
C
A
N
C
E
S
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
0...300 mm
0...150 mm
0...75 mm
0...100 mm
0...50 mm
0...25 mm
12...24
10 x 40 x 65
ABS
IP65
IP50 (vers. potencimetro)
S7 S8
010 m
0.15 m
00.8 m
050 cm
2...20 cm
530 cm
1230
14 x 42 x 25
ABS
IP67
cl.2
cl.2
17
020 m
060 m
03.2 m (coaxial)
0.16.5 m
0.120 m
01.7 m (coaxial)
1100 cm
5200 cm
060 cm
720 cm
510 cm
720 cm
515 cm
1030
010 V
15 x 50 x 50
ABS
IP67
SERIE S60
cl.1
cl.1
cl.1
cl.1
Sensores compactos
020 m
0.16 m
0.15 m
0.11 m
190 cm
5200 cm
0.110 cm
325 cm
1050 cm
520 cm
1030
15264
18 x 50 x 50
ABS
IP65
S6
18
SENSORES
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
A
L
C
A
N
C
E
S
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Emisor/receptor
Reflex
(en reflector R2)
Reflex
Reflex
Palpador directo
Palpador focalizado
Palpador con
supresin de fondo
Palpador con
Sensor de distancia
Emisor/receptor
de fibra ptica
Palpador
de fibra ptica
0.58.5 m
0.320 m
30300 mm
60600 mm
601200 mm
2002000 mm
30150 mm
50350 mm
80 40 mm
1030
18 x 50 x 50
ABS
IP67
S62 S90
cl.2
cl.2
cl.2
020 m
060 m
03.2 m (coaxial)
0.16.5 m
0.120 m
01.7 m (coaxial)
1100 cm
5200 cm
060 cm
720 cm
510 cm
720 cm
1030
15 x 50 x 41
zama
IP67
cl.1
cl.1
cl.1
cl.1
cl.2
19
S2
010 m
050 m
0.15 m
0.13 m
190 cm
1200 cm
1030
15264
26 x 58 x 85
PBT
IP66
SERIE
Sensores grandes
050 m
0.27 m
01 m
20200 cm
1224
12240
25 x 67.5 x 90
PBT
IP67
S2Z
20
SENSORES
Emisor/receptor
Reflex
(en reflector R2)
Reflex
Reflex
Palpador directo
Palpador focalizado
Palpador con
supresin de fondo
Palpador con
Sensor de distancia
Emisor/receptor
de fibra ptica
Palpador
de fibra ptica
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
A
L
C
A
N
C
E
S
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
0.150 m
0.18 m
0.12 m
1050 cm
1030
26 x 65 x 55
ABS
IP66
S20 S30
050 m
0.110 m
0.052 m
20110 cm
1030
17264
32 x 85 x 73
policarbonato
IP67
21
22
SENSORES
PARA APLICACIONES
Serie SR21
Sensores de herradura en P
en formato 2 mm para
etiquetado y embalaje
- Alta frecuencia de conmutacin de 25 kHz
- Modelos con luz infrarroja o luz rojo/verde
- Deteccin de etiquetas semi-
transparentes
- Deteccin de marcas de color en
transparencias
- Salida doble de 4 cables NPN y PNP
Serie LD46
Nueva lnea de sensores de
luminiscencia en carcasas
standard de metal
- LED de emisin UV de altas
prestaciones
- Alta sensibilidad para marcas
fluorescentes
- Distancia de deteccin de 10 - 100 mm
- Frecuencia de conmutacin de 2 kHz
- Salidas analgicas 0-5 V y NPN/PNP
Serie LD50
luminiscencia en carcasas de
plstico innovadoras
- LED de emisin UV de altas
prestaciones
- Carcasa de plstico innovadora
- Distancia de deteccin 10 mm
- Frecuencia de conmutacin 2 kHz
- Salidas bipolares NPN y PNP
NUEVAS PRESTACIONES NUEVA SERIE NUEVA SERIE
Los sensores de herradura de
la serie SR21, con un ancho
de ranura de 2 mm, destacan
por su elevada resolucin de
12 bit (4096 puntos de ajuste)
y por su baj o t i empo de
respuesta de tan slo 20 ms,
equivalentes a una frecuencia
de conmutacin de 25 kHz. La
programacin del umbral de
conmutaci n se real i za
automticamente con la simple
activacin de una tecla, o en la
modalidad dinmica durante el
despl azami ent o de l as
etiquetas u otras referencias a
detectar. El modelo SR21-IR
con emisin de luz infrarroja
es apropiado para la deteccin
de eti quetas o aguj eros en
di f erent es superf i ci es,
mientras que el modelo SR21-
RG con doble emisin de luz
roja o verde es apropiado para
l a detecci n de marcas de
col or en pel cul as
transparentes en el proceso de
embalaje automtico.
La nueva seri e LD46 de
sensores de luminiscencia con
LED de emi si n UV, con
alcances de entre 10 a 100
mm, ofrece diferentes modelos
i deal es para apl i caci ones
tpicas en la industria. Para la
industria cermica, se dispone
de un model o capaz de
detectar marcas fluorescentes,
incluyendo lneas finas o no
claramente marcadas, incluso
en bal dosas ref l ectant es.
Modelos de altas prestaciones
para la deteccin de marcas
luminiscentes para alcances
ms al t os, i ncl uso en
superficies muy irregulares,
est n di sponi bl es para l a
maquinaria para trabajar la
madera. Tambin se ofrece
otro modelo, especialmente
desarrollado para la industria
f armacut i ca, para l a
det ecci n de et i quetas en
frascos de vidrio u hojas de
papel en embal aj es
farmacuticos.
La nueva serie LD50 de sensores
de luminiscencia con LED de
emisin UV ha sido desarrollada
como la solucin ms eficaz a nivel
de coste con altas prestaciones de
lectura y diseo innovador. El
LD50 est especialmente indicado
en aplicaciones en mquinas
compactas, donde slo se dispone
de un espacio limitado. La carcasa
compacta de plstico asegura su
integracin fcil y flexible en
muchos entornos diferentes.
Aplicaciones tpicas para el LD50
se encuentran en la industria
farmacutica y cosmtica para
detectar etiquetas en frascos, o en
el empaquetado automtico para
detectar papel blanqueado o
manchas fluorescentes. El
conector M12 de 4 polos ofrece
una conexin sencilla y rpida.
23
NUEVA SERIE
Serie TL46
contraste en carcasas standard
de metal
- LED de emisin RGB de amplio
espectro
- Versin bsica, standard o ampliada
- Autoajuste manual y dinmico
- Salidas analgicas 0-5V y NPN/PNP
Serie TL50
contraste en carcasa de
plstico innovadora
- LED de emisin RGB de amplio
espectro
- Alcance de 9 mm
- Autoajuste automtico
- Salidas bipolares NPN y PNP
Serie AS1
Minibarreras fotoelctricas
AREAsensorde alta
resolucin
- Sensores de rea de rayos cruzados
- Altura controlada 100 mm
- Alcance hasta 3 m
- Objeto mnimo detectable 0.2x75 mm
- Salida PNP y ajuste del modo Scan
mode
NUEVA SERIE NUEVA SERIE
La nueva lnea de sensores de
contraste de la serie TL46 est
di sponi bl e en 3 versi ones
diferentes. La versin bsica
TL46-W slo tiene un botn de
ajuste, 2 indicadores LED y
unas prestaciones optimizadas
para conseguir un rendimiento
mxi mo al preci o ms
compet i t i vo. La versi n
standard TL46-WL de metal
tiene 3 botones de control y
una barra de indicacin para el
ajuste manual o automtico de
los lmites, con un excelente
rendimiento que alcanza una
resol uci n de cont rast e
mxima para la escala del gris
o de col ores, con una
frecuencia de conmutacin de
20 kHz. La versin ampliada
TL46-WLF ofrece adems un
display de 4 dgitos, con el
cual es posi bl e aj ustar l as
funci ones ms avanzadas,
consiguiendo un rendimiento
mximo, tal como por ejemplo
una f recuenci a de
conmutacin de 30 kHz.
Los sensores de contraste se
han convertido en un elemento
esencial de los procesos de
produccin automticos. Se
utilizan para la deteccin segu-
ra de todo tipo de diferencias
en contrastes. Con un autoa-
juste esttico de 2 puntos
(marca y fondo), el TL50 se
ajusta directamente en el sen-
sor mediante el botn de
autoajuste. La emisin RGB
(roja, verde y azul) garantiza
una seguridad mxima de
deteccin. Para cada opera-
cin de ajuste, el sensor selec-
ciona independientemente cul
de los tres diodos de emisin
deber usar. El diseo com-
pacto es la alternativa a precio
ptimo para las aplicaciones
standard con buenas presta-
ciones de lectura. La carcasa
compacta de plstico asegura
su integracin fcil y flexible en
muchos entornos de maquina-
ria diferentes.
Las minibarreras fotoelctricas
AREAsensor
TM
de la serie AS1,
son sensores de rea de rayos
cruzados que det ectan
cual qui er obj et o, con
dimensiones de hasta 0,2x75
mm, dentro de una altura de
100 mm y una di stanci a de
hasta 3 m entre el emisor y el
receptor. Los sensores de rea
AS1 son la solucin ideal para
la deteccin de objetos, incluso
muy pequeos, que pueden
aparecer en di st i ntas
posi ci ones dent ro del rea
controlada. Las barreras ultra-
compactas AS1 se prestan
perfectamente para el uso en
l neas de ci ntas o rodi l l os
transportadores rpidos, as
como al pri nci pi o y fi nal de
l neas de carga y descarga
para la deteccin y el recuento
de objetos, incluso en posicin
irregular.
SERIE
2 mm
40 mm
10 kHz
LED IR
potencimetro
24 15%
14 x 68 x 37
aluminio
IP60
SR21 SR22
2 mm
50 mm
25 kHz
LED IR
LED rojo / verde
tecla AUTO-SET
1030
20 x 90 x 26
zama
IP65
SENSORES
PARA APLICACIONES
24
Sensor de herradura
Profundidad ranura
Frecuencia de conmutacin
Emisin luminosa
Programacin
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloque terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Sensores de herradura
SRF-50 SRF-80 SRF-120 SRF-30
30 mm
34 mm
1.5 kHz
3 kHz
LED rojo
Laser rojo
potencimetro
1030
10 x 50 x 59
aluminio
IP65
120 mm
54 mm
1.5 kHz
3 kHz
LED rojo
Laser rojo
potencimetro
1030
10 x140 x 84
aluminio
IP65
50 mm
54 mm
1.5 kHz
3 kHz
LED rojo
Laser rojo
potencimetro
1030
10 x 70 x 79
aluminio
IP65
80 mm
54 mm
1.5 kHz
3 kHz
LED rojo
Laser rojo
potencimetro
1030
10 x 100 x 79
aluminio
IP65
cl.2
cl.2
cl.2
cl.2
cl.2
cl.2
cl.2
cl.2
25
10100 mm
2 kHz
LED UV-HP
botones de control
SET +/-
1530
05 V
31 x 81 x 58
aluminio
IP67
10100 mm
0...30 mm
2 kHz
LED UV
botones de control
MARK y BACKGROUND
1030
07 V
31 x 81 x 58
zama
IP67
SERIE LD LD46
SENSORES
PARA APLICACIONES
26
Sensor de luminiscencia
Sensor de luminiscencia
con fibra ptica
Emisin de luz
Ajuste
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
Sensores de luminiscencia
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
LD50 S90-U S60-U S50-U
040 mm
2 kHz
LED UV
boton de control
SET
1030
15 x 50 x 41
zama
IP67
040 mm
2 kHz
LED UV
boton de control
SET
1030
15 x 50 x 50
ABS
IP67
820 mm
1 kHz
LED UV
boton de control
SET
1030
M18 x 55/68
PBT
NI plated brass
IP67
060 mm
2 kHz
LED UV-HP
botones de control
+/-
1530
31 x 81 x 53
ABS
IP67
27
SERIE
660 mm
15 kHz
20 kHz
30 kHz
LED RGB
botones de control
SET +/-
1030
05 V
31 x 81 x 58
aluminio
IP67
660 mm
03 mm
010 mm
10 kHz
20 kHz
LED rojo/verde
LED blanco
botones de control
MARK y BACKGROUND
1030
05 V
31 x 81 x 58
zama
IP67
TL TL46
SENSORES
PARA APLICACIONES
28
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
pig-tail
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
Sensor de contraste
Sensor de contraste con
fibra ptica
Sensor de color
Emisin de luz
Interface de serie
Ajuste
Sensores de contraste y color
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
S65-V
545 mm
1.5 kHz (V09 vers.)
500 Hz (V19 vers.)
LED RGB
RS485
botones de control
SET y SEL
1030
50 x 50 x 25
ABS
IP67
1220 mm
30 kHz
LED blanco
RS485
botones de control
SET +/-
1030
05 V
50 x 50 x 25
ABS
IP67
9 mm
15 kHz
LED RGB
botones de control
MARK y BACKGROUND
1030
31 x 81 x 53
ABS
IP67
TL50 S65-W S8-W
10 mm
10 kHz
LED RGB
Teach-in
1230
14 x 42 x 25
ABS
IP67
29
SERIE
100 mm
0.2 x 200 mm
18 mm
500 Hz
LED IR
0.3...1.9 m
0.8...3 m
1030
20 x 41 x 150
aluminio
IP67
AS1-HR AS1-SR
100 mm
0.2 x 75 mm
6 mm
500 Hz
LED IR
0.3...1.9 m
0.8...3 m
1030
20 x 41 x 150
aluminio
IP67
SENSORES
PARA APLICACIONES
30
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Sensores de rea
Sensor de rea
Sensor de lnea
Precisin
Resolucin
Emisin luminosa
Interface de serie
Alcance
150 mm
0.9 mm
0.15 mm
>130 Hz
LED IR
RS485
200 mm
1030
420 mA
25 x 50 x 50
ABS
IP67
S65-Z
31
SENSORES FOTOELCTRICOS
32
Reflectores para ser utilizados
j unt o con l os sensores
fotoel ctri cos con refl ex de
emi si n de l uz i nf rarroj a o
visible roja, tambin polarizada.
Ampl i a gama de
di mensi ones, f or mas y
fijaciones.
- Reflectores estndar R2 y R5 de 48
mm y 75 mm de di met ro
respectivamente.
- Reflectores R4 y R6 de alta eficacia
para el uso con mayores alcances.
- Ref l ect ores R7, R8 y R20 de
mi cropri smas para sensores de
emisin lser para las detecciones de
alta resolucin.
Proteccin IP 67 y temperatura de
servicio de 30C hasta 70C.
- Pelcula reflectante autoadhesiva,
recortabl e segn l a f orma y l as
dimensiones deseadas, tambin en
versin para luz polarizada.
Gama compl eta de f i bras
pt i cas de pl st i co para
funciones de emisor/receptor y
pal pador, tambi n coaxi al .
Termi nal es recortabl es y
conectables a sensores que
lleven los agujeros de conexin
correspondientes de 2,2 mm de
di met ro. La gama of rece
l ent es de f ocal i zaci n y
desvi aci n, prot ect ores
metlicos, adaptadores de 1 a
2, 2 mm de di met ro y una
herramienta para cortar la fibra.
- Fibras para altas temperaturas hasta
125C.
- Fibras de alta flexibilidad con rayos
desviados de solo 2 mm.
- Fibras de alta eficacia, con cable en
espiral extensible hasta 2 m y cable
fino de 1 mm de dimetro exterior.
Fi bras pt i cas de versi n
avanzada para apl i caci ones
crticas. Todas las fibras tienen
t ermi nal es recortabl es. Se
recomiendan para el uso con
sensores de alta resolucin de
la serie S7.
- Fibras con alineacin de fibras en
rayos paralelos para la deteccin con
palpador o emisor/receptor.
- Fibras de palpador focalizado con
lente axial, radial o lateral, tambin se
puede utilizar la supresin de fondo.
- Versin de palpador con lente a 90
i nt egr ada en un di met r o de
3,8 mm.
SERIE R SERIE OF
SERIES OFA
Accesorios
Reflectores
Fibras pticas
universales
Fibras pticas para
aplicaciones especficas
33
Todos los conectores vienen
precableados con configuracin
normal i zada de 4 pol os con
cable de 3, 5, 7 o 10 metros de
longitud.
Conectores M12 disponibles
tambi n con conf i guraci n
normalizada de 3 polos NO o
con LED amarillo de indicacin
para salidas tipo PNP y LED
verde para la alimentacin.
Carcasa del conect or de
plstico PUR y cable de PVC
con grado de autoexti nci n,
segn la norma CEI 20-22.
Gama completa de soportes de
f i j aci n para sensores
universales.
Soportes de plstico o metal
para sensores tubulares M18
fijos o con regulacin del eje
pt i co del sensor hasta un
ngul o de 15 en t odas l as
direcciones.
Elevada resistencia a golpes y
vibraciones.
Alimentadores para sensores
fotoelctricos de baja tensin o
final de carrera inductivos o
capacitativos.
- Posibilidad de configurar las seales
de salida con funciones lgicas y de
temporizacin.
- Ajuste individual o doble para
NPN/PNP, rel o sensores analgicos
0-10V.
- Funcin de temporizacin: retardo ON
y/o OFF, monoestable, biestable.
- Panel de mandos con potencimetro
para la regulacin de la sensibilidad
de los ajustes y la temporizacin,
tambin contiene LED's indicativos de
la alimentacin y del estado de los
ajustes y las salidas.
SERIE CS SERIE ST SERIE PSCU
Conectores Soportes de fijacin Alimentadores
34
SENSORES DE PROXIMIDAD
INDUCTIVOS
NUEVOS MODELOS
Los sensores i nduct i vos
representan una sol uci n
complementaria a los sensores
fotoelctricos en aplicaciones
basadas en l a ref l exi n y
transmisin selectiva de la luz.
Medi ant e l a apl i caci n de
tensin al equipo se crea un
campo magntico alternante,
generado por una bobi na
osci l adora del ant e de su
superficie ptica activa. Si un
obj et o met l i co (hi erro,
al umi ni o, cobre, l atn, etc.)
penet ra en est e campo,
di smi nuye l a vel oci dad del
oscilador e invierte el umbral
de di sparo causando un
cambio de estado de la salida.
Los sensores i nduct i vos
pueden ser ut i l i zados, por
ejemplo, en la deteccin sin
contact o de el ement os
exclusivamente metlicos.
Serie IS
Sensores de proximidad
inductivos
- Carcasas tubulares M4 a M30
- Versiones en acero inoxidable AISI 316L
- Distancia de deteccin 1 a 20 mm
- 10-30 Vcc, versiones de 2, 3 o 4
cables con configuracin NPN/PNP
- 24-230 Vca, versiones de 2 cables
35
Alcance
Repetibilidad
Histresis
Ondulacin
Indicadores
0.8 mm
1%
< 10%
10%
2000 Hz
LED amarillo
10 30, 3 cables
Estndar
Acero inoxidable AISI-316L
IP67
2 mm, modelos blindados
3 mm, modelos no blindados
3%
< 10%
10%
1000 Hz
LED amarillo
10 30, 3 cables
Estndar
Corto
Latn niquelado
IP67
SERIE M4/M5 M8
Sensores de proximidad inductivos
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/Vcc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
36
Alcance
Repetibilidad
Histresis
Ondulacin
Indicadores
Tensin de alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/Vcc
Salida 2 cables NA/NC
3 cables NPN/PNPNA/NC
4 cables NPN/PNPNA+NC
4 cables, programables
Otros
Conexiones Cable
Conector M8
Conector M12
Carcasa
Material de la carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
3%
< 10%
10%
500 Hz
LED amarillo
10 ... 30, 2 cables
Estndar
Corto
Latn niquelado
IP67
3%
< 10%
10%
1000 Hz
LED amarillo
10 ... 30, 2, 3 and 4 cables
Estndar
Corto
Latn niquelado
IP67
SERIE M8 2X M12
INDUCTIVOS
37
3%
< 10%
10%
1000 Hz
LED amarillo
10 ... 30, 2, 3 and 4 cables
Estndar
Corto
Latn niquelado
IP67
M18 2X
3%
< 10%
10%
500 Hz
LED amarillo
10 ... 30, 2, 3 and 4 cables
Estndar
Corto
Latn niquelado
IP67
M18
3%
< 10%
10%
400 Hz
LED amarillo
10 ... 30, 2, 3 and 4 cables
Estndar
Corto
Latn niquelado
IP67
M12 2X
38
Alcance
Repetibilidad
Histresis
Ondulacin
Indicadores
Tensin de alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/Vcc
Salida 2 cables NA/NC
3 cables NPN/PNPNA/NC
4 cables NPN/PNPNA+NC
4 cables, programables
Otros
Conexiones Cable
Conector M8
Conector M12
Carcasa
Material de la carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
3%
< 10%
10%
300 Hz
LED amarillo
10 ... 30, 2,3 and 4 cables
Estndar
Corto
Latn niquelado
IP67
3%
< 10%
10%
200 Hz
LED amarillo
10 ... 30, 2,3 and 4 cables
Estndar
Corto
Latn niquelado
IP67
SERIE M30 M30 2X
INDUCTIVOS
39
40
EQUIPOS
FOTOELCTRICOS DE MEDICIN
Serie DS1
Barreras de medida y deteccin
AREAscancon salida
analgica
- Medida de dimensiones o posicin de
objetos
- Resolucin 4 mm y tiempo de respuesta 1 ms
- Alturas controladas de 100 a 300 mm
- Alcance hasta 4 m
- Salidas PNP y analgica 0-10 V
Serie DS2
Barreras de medida y
deteccin AREAscancon
interface de serie
- Manipulacin automtica de material
- Versiones con resolucin 6 o 25 mm
- Alcance hasta 10 m
- Salida PNP, 0-10 V y de serie RS485
Serie US
Sensores ultrasonido
- Carcasa tubular estndar M18 o M30
- Emisin axial o radial
- Salidas digitales NPN y PNP
- Salidas analgicas 4-20 mAo 0-10 V
- Alta resolucin
NUEVAS PRESTACIONES NUEVAS PRESTACIONES NUEVOS MODELOS
Las barreras AREAscan
TM
de la
seri e DS1 son barreras
compactas de mltiples rayos
aptas para l a det ecci n y
medida de las dimensiones o la
posicin de un objeto. Estn
disponibles en modelos con
altura controlada de 100, 150 o
300 mm, resolucin de medida
de 4 mm y alcance de hasta 4
m. La el ect rni ca est
completamente integrada en
las barreras, por lo tanto no es
necesari o ni ngn cont rol
externo. La medida se realiza a
travs de la salida analgica de
0 a 10 V de forma proporcional
al nmero de rayos
interrumpidos, mientras que la
salida PNP se activa cada vez
que se i nt errumpe por l o
menos un rayo entre el emisor
y receptor. El bajo tiempo de
respuesta, de 1 a menos de 3
ms, segn l a al t ura y l a
resolucin de medida, permite
su i nstal aci n i ncl uso en
mqui nas y procesos muy
rpidos.
La familia AREAscan
TM
de la
seri e DS2 abarca al t uras
controladas de 15 a 165 cm,
con alcances de 5 m para las
versiones con resolucin de 6
mm o 10 m para las versiones
con resolucin de 25 mm. La
configuracin de medida puede
ser programada manualmente,
gracias a selectores internos o
por medi o de un i nt erf ace
grfico desde un PC externo
con puerto de serie. Una vez
cargado el programa en l a
memoria flash, el dispositivo
operar en el modo stand-
al one. El i nterface de seri e
permite tambin transmitir los
dat os medi dos en cdi go
binario o ASCII, controlar el
estado de funcionamiento y
programar distintos valores de
velocidad de transmisin. Las
barreras DS2 estn previstas
para aplicaciones de medicin
de alturas o dimensiones en
general durant e el
desplazamiento automtico de
material.
La gama de sensores ultrasonido
M18 y M30 de la serie US ofrece
versiones con emisin acstica
radial o axial para los modelos
M18 y sl o radi al para l os
modelos M30, con salida digital
NPN/PNP o analgica 4-20 mA /
0-10 V. Las pri nci pal es
caractersticas son su bajo tiempo
de respuesta de slo 5 ms y su
alta resolucin de hasta 0,5 mm.
Los sensores son ajustables a
una o ms distancias utilizando el
pulsador autoajuste para el control
de distancia o presencia de hasta
2000 mm, con supresin de fondo
y de primer plano. Los sensores
de ultrasonido detectan todos los
elementos, independientemente
de su transparencia, color y tipo
de material no fonoabsorbente,
tanto en aplicaciones de embalaje
automtico como tambin en la
i ndust ri a aut omovi l st i ca y
manufacturera en general.
41
Serie S80
Sensores de distancia con
medida del tiempo de telmetro
y emisin lser
- Emisin Lser visible rojo de clase 2
- Medicin por palpador directo hasta 4 o
7 m
- Medicin por reflex hasta 20 o 100 m
- Alta precisin y velocidad de medida
- Salida NPN/PNP, de 4-20 mAy de serie
RS485
Serie S81
Sensor de distancia de ptima
relacin coste-prestaciones
- Emisin lser de luz roja visible de la
clase 2
- Carcasa de plstico y lentes
- Medicin por palpador directo hasta 4 m
- 2 salidas digitales PNP/NPN
- Una salida analgica 0-10 V o salida
de alarma
Serie S62-Y
Sensor de distancia de alta
resolucin
- Alcance 80 40 mm
- Resolucin hasta 8 m
- Linealidad <0,1%
- Oscilaciones de temperatura < 10 m/C
- Punto de 0,5 x 1 mm a la distancia
de focalizacin
NUEVAS PRESTACIONES
NUEVA SERIE
NUEVOS MODELOS
Los sensores de distancia de la
seri e S80 se basan en l a
tecnologa del telmetro que se
mi de ent re l a emi si n y l a
recepcin de impulsos lser de
clase 2. Los sensores S80-Y0 y
YL0 funcionan con palpador
directo hasta 4 m, o de forma
escalonada hasta 7 m, para la
determinacin de la posicin o
bien deteccin de objetos, con
supresin de fondo de doble
umbral y altos alcances. Los
sensores S80-Y1 y Y2, con
alcances de hasta 20 o 100 m,
funcionan con reflex que miden
la distancia desde el reflector
hasta el objeto a detectar, para
apl i caci ones de
posicionamiento en depsitos
aut omt i cos o l neas con
desplazamiento automtico en
general. Existen dos salidas
NPN o PNP programables a
distintas distancias. La medida
se t ransmi t e a t ravs de l a
salida 4-20 mA, el puerto de
seri e RS485 y di spl ay de 4
dgitos al panel del sensor.
La serie S81 es la lnea de ptima
relacin coste-prestaciones para los
sensores de medicin de distancia. El
S81 se basa en la tecnologa del
telmetro que garantiza una alta
precisin y velocidad de medicin. El
S81 trabaja como un sensor de
proximidad directa hasta 4 m para el
posicionamiento de un objeto o la
supresin de fondo a larga distancia.
El ajuste del sensor es muy rpido
gracias a dos botones, uno por cada
salida digital. El producto est
disponible en dos modelos diferentes:
uno ofrece una salida analgica
proporcional al resultado de la
medicin de distancia, el otro permite
al usuario recibir una seal de alarma
segn las condiciones de
funcionamiento de la lente. La versin
S81-Ytiene una salida analgica 0-
10V regulable, la cual permite
configurar la distancia mnima y
mxima de ejecucin, adems de
asociar el mnimo y mximo voltaje.
La serie S81 ofrece una solucin
competitiva para almacenes
automticos, controles de acceso, la
industria de la madera y aplicaciones
en parkings.
La nueva serie S62-Y, basada
en la tecnologa de la
triangulacin ptica, ofrece
una medicin de distancia de
alta precisin. La emisin de
luz es un lser rojo de la clase
2, y el receptor est basado en
un componente CCD que
garantiza una alta inmunidad
contra las reflexiones tpicas
de objetos brillantes y no
uniformes. El S62-Y est
especialmente indicado para
aplicaciones muy rpidas de
hasta 1 kHz. El resultado de la
medicin se obtiene gracias a
las salidas analgicas de 4-20
mA o 0-10 V o el puerto de
serie RS485. El protocolo de
serie tambin permite un
ajuste remoto del equipo a
travs del PC con el interface
Graphic User. Las aplicaciones
tpicas se encuentran en la
industria de la madera para el
control de los productos
elaborados, en la industria
metalrgica, en el
posicionamiento en cadenas
de montaje y en aplicaciones
de completaje de piezas.
Barrera de medicin
(altura controlada)
Sensor de lnea
(altura controlada)
Sensor de ultrasonido
Resolucin
Nmero de rayos
Emisin luminosa
Tiempo de respuesta
Interface de serie
Programacin
Alcance
Histresis
100300 mm
4...10 mm
1648
IR
12.75 ms
Potencimetro
0.15...0.8 m
0.15...2.1 m
0.2...4 m
24
0. . . 10 V
M12 4 polos para TX / M12 5 polos para RX
20 x 41
aluminio
IP65
1501650 mm
6/25 mm
21231 (res=6mm)
1836 (res=25mm)
IR
590 ms
RS485
Interruptores DIP
Interfaz grfica
0.3...5 m
24
0. . . 10 V
35 x 40
aluminio
IP65
SERIE DS1 DS2
Haces cruzados, sensores
de lnea y ultrasonido
EQUIPOS
42
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
150600 mm
0.5/0.8 mm (rayos cruzados)
6 mm (rayos paralelos)
24. . .96
IR
312 ms (rayos cruzados)
2392 ms (rayos paralelos)
Autoajuste
0.2...1.5 m
24
0. . . 10 V
35 x 40
aluminio
IP65
DS3 S65-Z
150 mm
0.15 mm
1
(reflex)
IR
3.8 ms
RS485
Teach-in
200 mm
1030
420mA
M12 8 polos
25 x 50 x 50
ABS
IP67
US18
43
1 mm (2.5 ms)
0.5 mm (30 ms)
Teach-in
30 ... 300 mm
0.7 mm
1030
420mA / 0 ... 10 V
M12 5-polig
18x91 (axial)
18x95 (radial)
Polister
IP67
0,1 % de distancia
Teach-in
200 ... 1000 mm
300 ... 2000 mm
2 mm
1030
420mA / 0 ... 10 V
M12 5 polos
30 x 63.6 x 45
Polister
IP67
US30
0.3. . . 4 m
0.9 mm
0.3 %
100 Hz (Normal)
500 Hz (Fast)
Lser rojo
5 ms (Normal)
1 ms (Fast)
RS485
Autoajuste
15. . . 30
420 mA
M12 8 polos
34 x 90 x 73
aluminio
IP67
0.3. . . 7 m
0.4 mm
0.3 %
100 Hz
Lser rojo
5 ms
RS485
Autoajuste
15. . . 30
420 mA
M12 8 polos
34 x 90 x 73
aluminio
IP67
SERIE
cl.2 cl.2
EQUIPOS
S80-Y0 S80-YL0
44
Sensores de distancia
Sensor de distancia
Resolucin digital
Linealidad
Emisin luminosa
Tiempo de respuesta
Interface de serie
Programacin
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
0.3. . . 100.3 m
(en reflectores R80)
6 mm
0.15 %
100 Hz (Normal)
500 Hz (Fast)
Lser rojo
5 ms (Normal)
1 ms (Fast)
RS485
Autoajuste
15. . . 30
420 mA
M12 8 polos
34 x 90 x 73
aluminio
IP67
0.3. . . 20.3 m
(en reflectores R80)
0.6 mm
0.25 %
100 Hz (Normal)
500 Hz (Fast)
Lser rojo
5 ms (Normal)
1 ms (Fast)
RS485
Autoajuste
15. . . 30
420 mA
M12 8 polos
34 x 90 x 73
aluminio
IP67
80 40 mm
< 50 m
< 0.1%
1 KHz
Lser rojo
1 ms
RS485
Autoajuste
1224
010 V o 4...20 mA
M12 8 polos
18 x 50 x 50
ABS
IP67
cl.2
cl.2
0.34 m
0.9 mm
80 Hz
Lser rojo
6 ms
Autoajuste
30 mm (Modelos M)
1530
010 V
M12 5 polos
58 x 31 x 31
ABS
IP67
cl.2
cl.2
S81 S80-Y2 S62-Y S80-Y1
45
46
EQUIPOS
FOTOELCTRICOS DE INSPECCIN
Serie SVS1
El sensor de visin plug-and-
play ms rpido
- Sensor de visin compacto
- Rpido ajuste mediante unidad VSC
- No se necesita PC
- Monitorizacin a tiempo real
- Inspeccin con control individual
Serie SVS2
El sensor stand alone con
visin de extrema precisin
- Ajuste flexible mediante PC
- Conexin Ethernet
- Herramientas de reconocimiento o
identificacin de objetos
- 360 pattern matching
- Inspecciones de control mltiple
Serie SCS1
Sensor de cmara de visin
artificial de aplicacin universal
- Sensor de imgenes CMOS 640x480
- Iluminador integrado o externo
- Medicin, control e inspeccin
- OCR/OCV, DataMatrix y cdigo de
barras
- Puerto Ethernet y RS232 / RS485
La serie SVS1 es la solucin ms
fcil para aplicaciones de visin en
maquinaria. El SVS1 se basa en el
concepto de un sensor de visin
compacto totalmente integrado en la
mquina. El ajuste es muy rpido e
intuitivo, gracias a la unidad VSC, la
unidad de configuracin externa con
un display de color de 3,5 y sus
botones de control. No se necesita
PC para la configuracin. El
procesamiento de la imagen se
realiza por completo dentro del
mismo sensor, que es capaz de
trabajar en el modo stand alone
despus del ajuste. La unidad VSC
puede suministrar una monitorizacin
a tiempo real de las imgenes, sin
embargo no es necesario su uso
durante el funcionamiento del sensor.
Se puede desconectar y utilizar para
ajustar varios sensores. El sensor
SVS1 permite un control de cada
imagen individual, al mismo tiempo
ofrece diversas herramientas para
solucionar diferentes tareas: la
orientacin del producto en la cinta
transportadora, la presencia/ausencia
en cadenas de montaje o controles
de sobreimpresin en maquinaria de
empaquetado
La serie SVS2 de sensores de visin
ofrece todas las caractersticas
necesarias para solucionar cualquier
problema de visin artificial de maquinaria
de forma flexible e intuitiva. El ajuste del
SVS2 se realiza en un PC utilizando una
conexin Ethernet, asegurando un alto
nivel de flexibilidad. El interface Graphic
User, basado en un sistema Wizard,
conduce al usuario paso a paso durante
la creacin de la inspeccin. Existen
diferentes modelos segn las diferentes
herramientas de software:
Reconocimiento de Objetos,
Reconocimiento Avanzado de Objetos
(con pattern matching de 360) y
herramientas de Identificacin (cdigo de
barras, Datamatrix y OCV). El sensor es
capaz de guardar hasta 20 inspecciones
diferentes que pueden ser seleccionadas
mediante pulsaciones digitales o a travs
de Ethernet. El sensor es capaz de
realizar en paralelo diferentes controles
del mismo objeto, reduciendo de esta
forma el tiempo y coste de instalacin,
sustituyendo as el trabajo de varios
equipos para una misma aplicacin. La
serie SVS2 es la solucin correcta
cuando los sensores fotoelctricos
normales no se adaptan a las
necesidades de la aplicacin.
Representa una alternativa de aplicacin
fcil y ptima relacin coste-prestacin a
los sistemas de visin tradicionales.
La cmara de visin artificial
SCS1 of rece t odas l as
funciones de un sistema de
visin, junto con la sencillez y
l os cost es de un sensor
avanzado. Se di spone de
mltiples funciones de control:
medi ci n, i nspecci n,
reconocimiento de caracteres y
lectura de cdigos. Los nuevos
model os de i denti fi caci n
ofrecen funciones de lectura y
veri f i caci n de cdi gos, y
funci ones de OCR/OCV, de
cdi go de barras y de
DataMat ri x. El i l umi nador
puede ser integrado o externo.
El sensor puede ser
configurado mediante un PC
maestro a travs de un puerto
Ethernet y trabajar en el modo
stand-alone. Hay dos salidas
PNP act i vadas segn l a
i nspecci n, ent radas
configurables e interfaces de
seri e RS232 y RS485 en el
conector M12 standard de 8
polos. Las lentes CS standard
o la ptica con rosca tipo C son
intercambiables.
NUEVA SERIE NUEVA SERIE NUEVAS PRESTACIONES
47
Serie SIL
Iluminadores para la visin
artificial y para la aplicacin en
el rea industrial
- Modelos lineales, en forma de anillo o
puntuales
- Versiones de luz continua o estroboscpica
- LED de luz roja, azul, verde, blanca o
infrarroja
- Carcasa de alta resistencia mecnica
- Emisin LED Laser visible
NUEVAS PRESTACIONES
Los slidos iluminadores de la
serie SIL han sido concebidos
para of recer una gama
completa de soluciones para la
i l umi naci n en l a
automatizacin industrial, la
visin artificial en la lectura de
cdigos y la inspeccin visual
en mi croscopi os. Est n
disponibles modelos lineales,
en forma de anillo o puntuales,
y tambin para la iluminacin
desde arriba o desde atrs del
obj et o. Segn l as di st i ntas
exigencias se pueden montar
LED's de luz roja, azul, verde,
blanca o infrarroja, as como
lentes con distintos ngulos de
emi si n. Tambi n est n
disponibles versiones de luz
continua o estroboscpica, con
una unidad de control especial.
La carcasa compacta de metal
garant i za una el evada
prot ecci n mecni ca, l a
conexin es simple y rpida a
travs del conector estndar
M8 de 4 polos.
SERIE
Cmara inteligente
640 x 480
hasta 150
iintegrado o externo con conector
M8
Ethernet
RS232 / RS485
USEasy PC GUI
stand-alone
ptica con rosca tipo C o CS
medida e inspeccin
24
M12 8 polos / M8 4 polos / RJ45

75 x 100 x 40
aluminio
IP40
SCS1
EQUIPOS
48
Sensores de cmara inteligente
Categora
Resolucin
Frecuencia de imgenes por segundo
Iluminador
Conexin
Interface de serie
Configuracin
Funcionamiento
Lentes
Funciones
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Iluminadores
Modelos
Driver
Fuente de luz
Lentes
Emisin de luz
ngulos de emisin
Seal estroboscpica
Intensidad de luz a 500 mm
Clase de lser
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
SERIE
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
SIL SIL
Line - Area - Ring - Spot -
Back
integrado o externo
LED de potencia
DATASENSOR Power Optics
rojo / verde / azul / blanco / IR
6 - 25 - 45 - 10x30
524 Vcc
250. . .1000 lux
24
M8 4 polos
aluminio
IP65
Lser
integrado
Lser 650 nm
rojo
60
030 Vcc
5 mW
524
M12 4 polos
aluminio
IP65
cl.3
49
Sensor de visin
640 x 480
60
integrado
Ethernet
RS485
Interface de usuario PC Graphic
stand-alone
6/8/12 mm
Reconocimiento de objetos
o identificacin
24
M12 8 polos / M12 4 polos

52 x 58 x 40
aluminio/plstico
IP54
SERIE SVS1 SVS2
EQUIPOS
50
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (triac)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Sensores de visin artificial
Categora
Resolucin
Frecuencia de imgenes por segundo
Iluminador
Conexin
Interface de serie
Configuracin
Funcionamiento
Lentes
Funciones
Sensor de visin
640 x 480
60
integrado
Ethernet
RS485
Interface de usuario PC Graphic
stand-alone
6/8/12 mm
Reconocimiento de objetos
o identificacin
24
M12 8 polos / M12 4 polos

52 x 58 x 40
aluminio/plstico
IP54
SERIE VSC
3.5 TFT LCD
ajuste del sensor SVS1
monitorizacin a tiempo real
320x240
en DIN-Rail o panel
8 botones de control
8 LED's de sealizacin
va sensor SVS1
M12 8 polos
96 x 96 x40
plstico
IP54
VSM
3.5 TFT LCD
monitorizacin del sensor SVS2
320x240
en DIN-Rail o panel
8 botones de control
8 LED's de sealizacin
24
n 2 M12 8 polos
96 x 96 x40
plstico
IP54
51
Display
Funciones
Resolucin
Montaje
Interface de usuario
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Alimentacin Vcc
Vca
Vca/cc
Salida PNP
NPN
NPN/PNP
rel (SCR)
otros
Conexin cable
conector
bloques terminal
Dimensiones (mm)
Material carcasa
Proteccin mecnica
Configuradores y monitores
52
EQUIPOS
FOTOELCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD
Serie SE4
Barreras fotoelctricas de
proteccin SAFEasyde Tipo 4
- Bsica y Plus
- Resolucin 14, 20, 30, 35 mm o 2, 3, 4
rayos
- Proteccin de dedos, manos o cuerpo
- Versiones con funciones Blanking y
EDM
- Versiones maestro/esclavo en cascada y
EDM
Serie SE4R
Barreras de luz reflex
SAFEasy del Tipo 4
- Altura controlada de 500 mm
- Modelos de 2 rayos para la proteccin
del cuerpo
- Unidad pasiva con espejos o reflectores
- Alcance de hasta 7,5 m (versin lineal) o
hasta 3 m (versiones en L y T)
- Versiones en L y T con sensores
Muting integrados
Serie SE4T-L
Barreras fotoelctricas de
seguridad SAFEasyde Tipo 4
T/L Muting
- Alturas controladas de 500 o 800 mm
- Modelo de 2 o 3 rayos para la proteccin
del cuerpo
- Sensores y lmpara de Muting integrados
- Sistema en forma de L (direccin nica)
o en forma de T (dos direcciones)
- Modelo lineal para sensores Muting externos
NUEVOS MODELOS NUEVA SERIE NUEVAS PRESTACIONES
La serie SE4 ofrece la gama ms
amplia de barreras de proteccin
del tipo 4, desde las versiones
estndar Bsica hasta las versiones
Plus con las funciones adicionales
Blanking, Maestro y esclavo en
cascada y EDM. Estn disponibles
modelos para alturas controladas
desde 150 a 1650 mm;
resoluciones 14, 20, 30 o 35 para la
proteccin de dedos o manos y de
2, 3 o 4 rayos para la proteccin del
cuerpo. Las barreras permiten la
configuracin del reinicio (Restart) y
del Muting con selectores
protegidos por hw y sw. La funcin
Fixed Blanking o Floating Blanking
permite la supresin de la deteccin
de objetos en posicin fija o en
movimiento repetitivo dentro del
rea de deteccin. Las versiones
Maestro y Esclavo pueden ser
conectadas en cascada, montando
por ejemplo sistemas de barreras
verticales y horizontales en forma
de L. Mediante el EDM es posible
controlar tambin el rel externo.
La barrera de luz reflex del tipo 4
de la serie SE4-R est formada
por una unidad activa SE4-RA1 y
una unidad pasiva con reflectores
integrados en la barrera de luz
SE4-RDB, o bien con dos
espejos de desviacin SE4-RSM
(accesorios). La altura de
deteccin es de 500 mm y el
alcance es de hasta 7,5 m para la
versin lineal, o de 3 m para las
versiones en L y T. Las
funciones Restart, EDM y Muting
estn integradas y se pueden
seleccionar mediante dip-
switches en la unidad activa. Las
versiones en L y T estn
previstas para aplicaciones en las
que se necesita la funcin
Muting. Las barreras de luz
SE4-R representan una
alternativa segura y efectiva a
precio ptimo a las barreras de
luz con unidades activas tanto en
el lado emisor como en el
receptor, gracias a su coste
reducido y su rpida instalacin,
al igual que la ventaja del
cableado que slo hace falta para
la unidad activa.
Las barreras de proteccin de
tipo 4 de la serie SE4T-L
comprenden la funcin Muting,
ya que llevan los sensores
correspondientes integrados,
cableados y alineados de serie.
Existen versiones con sensores
integrados en forma de T para el
Muting en dos direcciones (bi-
direccional), en forma de L para
el Muting en una nica direccin
(uni-direccional), o Lineal para la
conexin de sensores externos.
Existen modelos con 2 o 3 rayos
de proteccin, con alturas de
deteccin de 500 y 800 mm y
alcances de hasta 3 m para las
versiones con forma de T y de L y
de 25 m para la versin lineal.
Caractersticas comunes en
todos los modelos son la lmpara
de Muting integrada en la barrera
y la configuracin mediante
selectores de proteccin con hw
y sw. El Muting es una funcin
necesaria cuando un material
pasa a travs de una zona
peligrosa, como por ejemplo en
los paletizadores/
despaletizadores.
NUEVA SERIE
La nueva serie de barreras de luz
SAFEasyTM SG4-B ampla la
gama actual de modelos SG y
representa una evolucin de la serie
SE4-PLUS, ofreciendo una barrera
de seguridad del tipo 4 para la
proteccin de dedos con funciones
bsicas. Ideal para aplicaciones
donde no se requieren funciones
complementarias, tal como el
Muting, la conexin en cascada o el
Blanking. Su tiempo de respuesta y
alcance optimizados con respecto a
la serie SE4-PLUS distinguen esta
nueva serie y la convierten en una
de las mejores barreras de luz
actualmente disponibles en el
mercado. Todos los modelos, con
alturas desde 150 a 1800 mm,
tienen una resolucin de 14 y 30
mm para la proteccin de dedos y
manos. La funcin EDM puede ser
fcilmente activada mediante el
selector correspondiente, igual que
la funcin Restart con configuracin
manual o automtica. El display de
7 segmentos facilita al usuario la
lectura de los mensajes de
diagnstico y la alineacin del
producto.
53
Serie SG2
Las barreras fotoelctricas de
seguridad SAFEasy ofrecen
la mejor relacin coste -prestaciones
- 2 modelos : BASE y EXTENDED
- Resolucin 30, 50 y 90 mm
- Alcance hasta 19 m y alturas
controladas hasta 1800 mm
- Funciones plus para los modelos
EXTENDED: EDM, Sistema Anti-
Interferencia, Reinicio
Manual/Automtico seleccionable
Serie SG4
Barreras de luz SAFEasy tipo 4
con funciones bsicas
- Resolucin: 14 y 30 mm
- Alcance de hasta 19 m (en la versin
de 30 mm) y altura controlada de
hasta 1800 mm
- Funciones integradas para el modelo
bsico tipo 4: EDM, reinicio
manual/automtico
NUEVA SERIE
La nueva serie de barreras de
seguri dad Ti po 2 SG2
representa la evolucin natural
de l a seri e SF2. Los dos
modelos SG2-B Base y SG2-
E Extended garanti zan l a
mxima compatibilidad con la
seri e SF2 (SG2-B) y
proporci onan f unci ones
elevadas para una barrera de
Ti po 2, como EDM y Ant i -
Interferenci a (SG2-E). Las
principales caractersticas son
el alcance hasta 19 m, una
al tura control ada de 150 a
1800 mm, t i empos de
respuesta entre los mejores en
el mercado, as como un
nuevo perfil ms funcional.
Adems, el product o se
sumi ni st ra con l os nuevos
soport es gi rat ori os que
f aci l i tan y reducen l as
operaciones de alineacin de
l as uni dades Emi sora y
Receptora, incluso para las
l argas di stanci as y en
aplicaciones con espejos de
desviacin.
EQUIPOS
* Distancia mxima seleccionable: 9 m o 19 m
PUNTO DE PROTECCIN OPERATIVA
TYPE 2
SE2-35
SF2-30
SG2-B-30 / SG2-E-30
SE2-35
SF2-30
SG2-B-30 / SG2-E-30
ESPORDICA / CORTA
RIESGO EVITABLE RIESGO EVITABLE
FRECUENTE / LARGA
NO SI
TIP0 4
SI NO
TIPO 2
Atencin: La informacin brindada es indicativa y sinttica, es obligatorio para referirse a la completa la norma EN 954 para una correcta y la evaluacin del riesgo de tipo de seguridad.
SE4-14
SE4-14 PLUS
SE4-20
SF2-30
SE4-30
SE4-30 PLUS
SE4-35
30
35
30
30
35
14
14
20
6
SG4-B-14 14 6
6
6
15
15
15
15
SG2-B-30 30 19
SG2-E-30 30 9 / 19*
TIPO 2 TIPO 4
15
ALCANCE (m) RESOLUCIN (mm)
SG4-B-30 30 19
SE2-35
SEVERE
(normally irreversible)
LIGHT
(normally reversible)
LEVE
(normalmente irreversible)
Gua para la seleccin
GRAVE
FRECUENCIA Y / O DURACIN DE
EXPOSICIN AL RIESGO
SE4-14 SE4-20
SE4-30 SE4-35
SE4-14 PLUS SE4-30 PLUS
SG4-B-14 / SG4-B-30
GRAVEDAD DEL DAO
54
PROTECCIN DE ACCESO
LIGHT
(normally reversible)
LEVE
SEVERE
(normally irreversible)
TIPO 2
SE2-P
SB-BWS-T2+Sx-ST2
SF2-50 / SF2-90
SG2-B-50/90 / SG2-E-50/90
SE4-P SE4-Q SE4-L
SE4-R SE4-T SE4-S
SB-BWS-T4 + Sx-ST4
SE2-P
SB-BWS-T2+Sx-ST2
SF2-50 / SF2-90
SG2-B-50/90 / SG2-E-50/90
ESPORDICA / CORTA
RIESGO EVITABLE RIESGO EVITABLE
FRECUENTE / LARGA
NO SI
TIPO 4
SI NO
TIPO 2
Atencin: La informacin brindada es indicativa y sinttica, es obligatorio para referirse a la completa la norma EN 954 para una correcta y la evaluacin del riesgo de tipo de seguridad.
SE2-P 515 - 415 - 315
-
50
TIPO 2 TIPO 4
hasta 50*
ALCANCE (m) RESOLUCIN (mm)
SB-BWS-T2 + SX-ST2
* 8 m con S5/S10-ST2; 50 m con S30-ST2
* Distancia mxima seleccionable: 9 m o 19 m
SE4-P
SE4-T
SE4-L
SE4-S
SB-BWS-T4 + Sx-ST4
515 - 415
515 - 415
-
515 - 415 - 315
515 - 415 - 315
515 - 415
25
50
3
3
25
up to 50*
SE4-R T
SE4-R L
SE4-R Linear
515
515
515 3
3
7
7.5
* 8 m con S5/S10-ST4; 40 m con SL5-ST4; 50 m con S30-ST4
* 3 m para las versiones en W; 7 m para las versiones en T
* 3 m para las versiones en W; 7 m para las versiones en T
SE4-Q
SG2-E-50 / 90
50 / 90
50 / 90
19
9 / 19*
SG2-B-50 / 90
50 / 90 15 SF2-B-50 / 90
GRAVE
FRECUENCIA Y / O DURACIN DE
EXPOSICIN AL RIESGO
GRAVEDAD DEL DAO
7
55
EQUIPOS
56
Atencin: La Norma de referencia es la EN 999 Seguridad de mquinas - el posicionamiento de
equipos de proteccin en funcin de la velocidad de aproximacin de las partes del cuerpo
humano.
La informacin brindada es indicativa y sinttica; es obligatorio acudir a la norma completa EN 999
para calcular correctamente la distancia de seguridad.
La distancia mnima S en mm entre la zona peligrosa y el punto de deteccin se expresa por medio
de la frmula:
S = (K x T) + C
K es un parmetro (mm/seg) relacionado con la velocidad de aproximacin de un cuerpo humano o sus partes
T es el tiempo total (seg) necesario para detener la mquina, donde T = t
1
+ t
2
t
1
= tiempo mx. entre el momento de deteccin y el cambio de estado del dispositivo de conmutacin
t
2
= tiempo mx. de respuesta de la mquina
C es una distancia adicional (mm) basada en la tipologa del dispositivo, hablando en trminos de resolucin, donde la resolucin es la
dimensin mnima de un objeto opaco capaz de tapar como mnimo uno de los rayos del rea sensible de deteccin.
APROXIMACIN NORMAL AL REA DE DETECCIN
Barreras de proteccin con resolucin mxima de 40 mm
S = (K x T) + C
donde K = 2000 mm/seg, C = 8 (d - 14 mm) pero no inferior a 0,
d = resolucin del dispositivo (mm)
Esta frmula es vlida para distancia de seguridad S hasta 500 mm. Si el
resultado fuera S mayor de 500 mm, K = 1600 mm/seg y
S = (1600 mm/seg x T) + 8(d-14 mm)
Barreras de proteccin con resolucin incluida entre 40 y 70 mm
S = (K x T) + C
donde K = 1600 mm/seg, C = 850 mm
En todos los casos, la altura del rayo ms alto ser 900 mm y la altura del rayo ms bajo ser 300
mm.
Barrera multihaz con rayos separados mltiples
S = (K x T) + C donde K = 1600 mm/seg, C = 850 mm
Gua para la seleccin
objeto
opaco
R 40 mm Proteccin de dedos o
manos
R < 116 mm Deteccin de presencia
R > 70 mm Proteccin del cuerpo
R = resolucin
57
Una barrera multihaz desarrollada con 2, 3 o 4 rayos separados se utiliza en muchos casos para
detectar la intrusin de un cuerpo humano o sus partes en un rea especfica; la cantidad de rayos y la
distancia entre ellos depende de la evaluacin de riesgos realizada, y de las aplicaciones especficas
de la mquina. Se debern tener en cuenta posibles riesgos, tal como el pasar por debajo del rayo
inferior, pasar por encima del rayo superior o pasar entre los dos rayos. La siguiente tabla informa de
las alturas desde el suelo o la base de referencia para los diferentes rayos.
En caso de slo utilizar un rayo individual en un entorno industrial, se considera apropiada una altura
de 750 mm colocando el dispositivo a una distancia de la mquina donde
S = (1600 mm/seg x T) + 1200 mm
APROXIMACIN PARALELAAL REA DE DETECCIN
S = (K x T) + C
donde K = 1600 mm/seg, C = (1200 mm - 0,4 H), no menor de 850 mm
Hmx = 1000 mm, Hmn = 15 (d - 50 mm), donde d = resolucin de la
barrera de luz
APROXIMACIN ANGULAR AL REA DE DETECCIN
Para ngulos de aproximacin previsibles mayores de 30 podemos seguir el procedimiento normal
de aproximacin, mientras que para ngulos menores de 30 deberemos seguir el procedimiento de
aproximacin paralela.
Atencin: La Norma de referencia es la EN 999 Seguridad de mquinas - el posicionamiento de
equipos de proteccin en funcin de la velocidad de aproximacin de las partes del cuerpo
humano.
La informacin facilitada es indicativa y sinttica; es obligatorio acudir a la norma completa EN 999
para calcular correctamente la distancia de seguridad.
Nmero de rayos Altura de rayos individuales desda la base (mm)
4 300, 600, 900, 1200
3 300, 700, 1100
2 400, 900
SERIE SE4-14 SE4-14 PLUS
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
14 mm
0.2...6 m
150...1200 mm
21...68 ms
14...41 ms Modelos EDM
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos; Tx: M12 4 polos
35 x 40
Prueba
Reseteo man./auto selec.
EDM selec.
4 modelos disponibles:
EDM
Fixed/Floating Blanking EDM
Cascada EDM
Cascada/Blanking EDM
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
14 mm
0.2...6 m
150...900 mm
18...39 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
35 x 40
Prueba
Muting total/parcial selec.
Override
EQUIPOS
58
Proteccin de los dedos
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Conforme a
IEC61496-1
IEC61496-2
Alimentacin
Resolucin
Alcance
Altura controlada
Tiempo de respuesta
Salida OSSD
Conexin
Dimensiones (mm)
Funciones dispositivo
Certificaciones
Funciones plus
SE4-20
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
20 mm
0.2...6 m
150...1650 mm
16...39 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
35 x 40
Prueba
Override
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
14 mm
0.2...6 m
150 ... 1800 mm
10...51 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
32 x 37
Prueba
EDM selec.
SG4-B-14
59
SERIE SE2-35 SF2-30
Tipo 2
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
30 mm
0.2...15 m
150...1500 mm
24 ms max.
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 5 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
31 x 32
Prueba
Reseteo manual
Reseteo automtico
Tipo 2
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
35 mm
0.2...15 m
150...1650 mm
15...32 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
35 x 40
Prueba
Override
EQUIPOS
60
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Conforme a
IEC61496-1
IEC61496-2
Alimentacin
Resolucin
Alcance
Altura controlada
Tiempo de respuesta
Salida OSSD
Conexin
Dimensiones (mm)
Certificaciones
Funciones plus
Proteccin de las manos
SG2-B-30
Tipo 2
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
30 mm
0.2...19 m
150...1800 mm
8...24 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 5 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
32 x 37
Prueba
Reseteo automtico
SG2-E-30
Tipo 2
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
30 mm
0.2...9 m / 0.2...19 m selec.
150...1800 mm
8...24 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
32 x 37
Prueba
EDM selec.
Distancia max. seleccionable:
9 m o 19 m
61
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
20 mm
0.2...6 m
150...1650 mm
16...39 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
35 x 40
Prueba
Override
SE4-20 SE4-30
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
30 mm
0.2...15 m
150...1650 mm
15...32 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
35 x 40
Prueba
Override
Proteccin de las manos
SERIE
EQUIPOS
62
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Conforme a
IEC61496-1
IEC61496-2
Alimentacin
Resolucin
Alcance
Altura controlada
Tiempo de respuesta
Salida OSSD
Conexin
Dimensiones (mm)
Certificaciones
Funciones plus
SG4-B-30 SE4-30 PLUS SE4-35
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
35 mm
0.2...15 m
150...1650 mm
15...32 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
35 x 40
Prueba
Override
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
30 mm
0.2...15 m
150...1650 mm
16...43 ms
12...26 ms modelli EDM
2 transistor PNP
35 x 40
Prueba
EDM selec.
4 modelos disponibles:
EDM Fixed/Floating Blanking EDM
Cascading EDM
Cascading/Blanking EDM
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
30 mm
0.2...19 m
150 ... 1800 mm
9...28 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
32 x 37
Prueba
EDM selec.
63
Proteccin del cuerpo
y control de presencia
SERIE SE2-P SB-BWS-T2+Sx-ST2
Tipo 2
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
2 - 3 - 4
0.5...50 m
500 - 800 - 900 - 1200 mm
14 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
35 x 40
Prueba
Override
Tipo 2
central y sensores
24 Vcc
hasta 2
hasta 50 m
22 ms max
2 rel
Caja bornes
75 x 100 x 75
Prueba
Reseteo manual
EQUIPOS
64
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Conforme a
IEC61496-1
IEC61496-2
Alimentacin
N rayos / resolucin
Alcance
Altura controlada
Tiempo de respuesta
Salida OSSD
Conexin
Dimensiones (mm)
Certificaciones
Funciones plus
SF2-50 / SF2-90
Tipo 2
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
50 / 90 mm
0.2...15 m
300...1500 mm
15...24 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 5 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
31 x 32
Prueba
Reseteo manual
Reseteo auto.
Tipo 2
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
50 / 90 mm
0.2...9 m / 0.2...19 m selec.
300...1800 mm
8...20 ms (vers. 50)
8...19 ms (vers. 90)
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
32 x 37
Prueba
EDM selec.
Distancia max. seleccionable:
9 m o 19 m
SG2-B-50 / SG2-B-90
Tipo 2
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
50 / 90 mm
0.2...19 m
300...1800 mm
8...20 ms (vers. 50)
8...19 ms (vers. 90)
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 5 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
32 x 37
Prueba
Reseteo auto.
SG2-E-50 / SG2-E-90
65
SERIE SE4-P
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
2 - 3 - 4
4...50 m
500 - 800 - 900 - 1200 mm
14 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
35 x 40
Prueba
Override
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
24 Vcc
2 - 3 - 4
0.5...25 m
500 - 800 - 900 - 1200 mm
14 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos
35 x 40
Prueba
Override
SE4-Q
EQUIPOS
66
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Conforme a
IEC61496-1
IEC61496-2
Alimentacin
N rayos
Alcance
Altura controlada
Tiempo de respuesta
Salida OSSD
Conexin
Dimensiones (mm)
Certificaciones
Funciones plus
Tipo 4
central y sensores
24 Vcc
hasta 4
hasta 50 m
32 ms max
2 rel
bloques terminal
73 x 152 x 118
Prueba
Muting time-out selec.
Doble Muting/Override
SB-BWS-T4+Sx-ST4
67
SERIE SE4-T
Tipo 4
barreras integradas con
sensores de Muting
24 Vcc
2 - 3
0.53 m (modelos en W)
0.57 m (modelos en T)
500 - 800 mm
14 ms
2 transistor PNP
Rx: M12 8 polos/M12 5 polos
Tx: M12 4 polos (modelos en W)
Tx: M12 4 polos/M12 4 polos (modelos en T)
35 x 40
Muting bi-direccional
Prueba
EDM selec.
Override
SE4-L
Tipo 4
barreras integradas con
sensores de Muting
24 Vcc
2 - 3
0.53 m (modelos en W)
0.57 m (modelos en T)
500 - 800 mm
14 ms
2 transistor PNP
35 x 40
Muting uni-direccional
Prueba
EDM selec.
Override
EQUIPOS
68
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Conforme a
IEC61496-1
IEC61496-2
Alimentacin
N rayos
Alcance
Altura controlada
Tiempo de respuesta
Salida OSSD
Conexin
Dimensiones (mm)
Certificaciones
Funciones plus
con Muting integrado
SE4-S
Tipo 4
barreras integradas
para sensores de Muting externo
24 Vcc
2 - 3
0.525 m
500 - 800 mm
14 ms
2 transistor PNP
35 x 40
Muting modular
Prueba
EDM selec.
Override
69
Proteccin del cuerpo con unidad
pasiva y Muting integrado
SERIES SE4-R-T SE4-R-L
EQUIPOS
70
D
A
T
O
S

T
C
N
I
C
O
S
Conforme a
IEC61496-1
IEC61496-2
Alimentacin
N rayos
Alcance
Altura controlada
Tiempo de respuesta
Salida OSSD
Conexin
Dimensiones (mm)
Certificaciones
Funciones plus
Tipo 4
unidad pasiva
24 Vcc
2
0.53 m
500 mm
14 ms
2 transistor PNP
Unidad activa: M12 5 polos / M12 8 polos
Unidad pasiva sin cableado
Unidad activa: 35 x 40
Unidad pasiva: 52 x 55
Prueba
Seleccin reset manual/automtico
Seleccin EDM
Seleccin Muting time-out
Override
Tipo 4
unidad pasiva
24 Vcc
2
0.53 m
500 mm
14 ms
2 transistor PNP
Prueba
Seleccin EDM
Override
SE4-R LINEAR
71
Tipo 4
unidad pasiva
24 Vcc
2
0.5...7.5 m
500 mm
14 ms
2 transistor PNP
Prueba
Seleccin EDM
Override
Accesorios
EQUIPOS
Los soportes de fijacin estn
incluidos en las barreras de
seguridad modelos SE2, SE4 y
SF2. Los soportes de fijacin
estndar (4 pzs. kit) estn
disponibles como accesorios
para las barreras de seguridad
SE2 y SE4, as como tambin
soportes de fijacin, orientables
y antivibracion. Para las
barreras de seguridad serie
SF2 se encuentran disponibles
soportes de fijacin
standard (12 pzs. kit)
y soport es ant i -
rayado (4 pzs. kit).
Los soportes de fijacin TOP-
BOTTOM orientables facilitarn
la fase de alineacin, incluso
bajo las condiciones ms
crticas, gracias a un ngulo de
rotacin de 180 y un ngulo de
ajuste fino de 10. El kit de
soportes de fijacin se
suministra junto con la barrera
de luz SG2-E y est disponible
como accesorio para la serie
completa SG2-B y SG4-B.
SERIE CV SERIE ST
Cables de
conexin blindados
Soportes de
fijacin
SERIE CS
Cables de conexin
no blindados
El uso de cables blindados es
obligatorio para las barreras de
la serie SE2 y SE4; en cambio
es recomendado para l os
sensores de seguridad de la
serie Sx-ST2/ST4.
- Cables conector M12 de 4, 8 polos
axiales y radiales
- Longitud cable: 3, 5, 10, 15, 25 m
- Material cable: PVC
72
Para la conexin de los sensores
Muting estn disponibles conectores
M12 no blindados de 4 polos. Para
la serie SG2 y SG4-B estn
disponibles conectores de cable
UL2462 M12 de 4, 5 y 8 polos.
- Conector M12 axial o radial y
cable de 3, 4, 5 y 8 polos
- Longitud del cable: 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 25 m
Material del cable: PVC
SERIE TP
Elementos de prueba
SERIE SE - SRT
SERIE LMS
Equipos de Muting
SERIE SE - SR2
Rel de seguridad
Lmparas de Muting: estndar,
modular, con montaje horizontal
o vertical.
Sensores de Muting: todos los
sensores Datasensor son utiliz-
ables para funcin de Muting.
SERIE CS
73
Caja de conexiones
Caj a de conexi ones para
barreras de luz con funcin
Muting integrada, permite una
rpida activacin de la funcin
Overri de acci onando l os
selectores especficos y los
comandos Test /Start pulsando
las teclas correspondientes.
Compatible con las barreras de
luz SE4T-L y SE4-R.
Caja de conexiones para el EDM
Esta caja de conexiones ha
sido diseada con 3 contactos
NA y 1 contacto NC para la
realimentacin de seales con
l a f i nal i dad de f aci l i tar l a
conexi n del EDM de l as
barreras de luz del tipo 2 y 4
con funcin EDM integrada.
- Mdulo para las barreas de luz
de tipo 2 y tipo 4
- Contactos de salida: 3 contactos
de seguridad NA y 1 contacto de
realimentacin EDM / NC
Pi ezas de ensayo par a
barreras de l uz de 14, 20,
30, 35, 40, 50 y 90 mm de
dimetro
Aptos para la serie de barreras
de luz SE2, SF2 y SF4.
- Rel de seguridad tipo 4
- Contactos de seguridad :
3 NA y 1 NC
Accesorios
SERIE SE - S SERIE SE - DM
Soportes de
columna y suelo
Espejos de
desviacin
SERIE SG - PS / SG - DM
Accesorios utilizados con las
barreras de seguridad SE2,
SE4, SF2 y fotoclulas mono-
rayo de seguridad Sx-ST2/ST4.
Disponible en diferentes alturas
a partir de 150 mm hasta 1800
mm. Dimensiones del espejo de
desviacin: 124 mm de largo, 6
mm de profundidad.
EQUIPOS
barreras de seguridad SE2,
SE4, SF2 y el espejo de
desviacin SE-DM. Disponible
en diferentes alturas: 800,
1000 y 1200 mm con carcasa
de 30 x 30 mm. 1500 y 1800
mm con carcasa de 45 x 45
mm. Dimensiones placa de
fijacin de piso: 240 x 240 mm.
74
Columnas de proteccin
y espejos de desviacin
Columnas de aluminio slidas para
la proteccin de los espejos y las
barreras de luz contra golpes.
Todas las barreras de luz de las
series SE y SG pueden ser
montadas dentro de estos
soportes, al igual que la serie de
espejos SG-DM. El sistema de
fijacin suministrado y el nivel de
burbuja de aire circular en la base
de acero inoxidable garantizan una
rpida instalacin y una alineacin
precisa.
Nota: Se debern seguir exactamente
las instrucciones del manual de
instalacin relativas al alcance
para el uso correcto de los espejos
de desviacin.
SERIE SG - LS SERIE SG - IP69K SERIE SE - LP
Puntero lser
barreras de seguridad SE2 y
SE4, para facilitar el alineado
entre el emisor y receptor.
SERIE SE - P
75
Proteccin de lentes Proteccin IP69K
Placa de PMMA para ser
montada en la lente frontal de
la barrera de luz para
protegerla contra polvo, virutas
y/o gotas de material
incandescente. La proteccin
de lentes est disponible para
barreras de luz con una altura
controlada de 150 a 1800 mm.
Perfil tubular para barreras de
luz SG para garantizar la
proteccin IP67/IP69K, ideal
para aplicaciones tpicas de la
industria alimentaria donde el
uso de detergentes fuertes o
agentes agresivos es frecuente
y habitual. El accesorio est
disponible para barreras de luz
con una altura controlada de
150 mm a 1800 mm.
Columnas de proteccin
A ser utilizadas con las barreras
de luz SE2, SE4 y SF2.
Disponibles en diferentes
alturas de 273 a 1743 mm.
76
COMPLEMENTARY PRO-
DUCTS
REGULADORES DE TEMPERATURA
Serie THE
Reguladores de
microprocesador
1/8 DIN mP
- Formato estndar 48x96 mm
- Versiones con 2 o 3 puntos de control
- Accin PID con autoadaptacin ADT
- Diagnstico del circuito de regulacin
- Regulacin automtica o manual
Los reguladores THE, en el
formato estndar de 48x96 mm
estn disponibles en versiones
individuales o con doble
display, a 12-24 Vca/cc o 80-
240 Vca, y con 2 o 3 puntos de
control, con salida principal de
rel o transistor. La accin de
control principal de tipo PID se
regula automticamente con
los parmetros ptimos
mediante el autoajuste inicial
AT, o mediante la funcin de
autoadaptacin ADT. Las
salidas auxiliares, por otro
lado, pueden ser programadas
con 16 funciones de alarma
distintas o con un punto fijo de
intervencin. La funcin de
diagnstico LFA permite
detectar anomalas en todo el
circuito de regulacin, desde el
sensor hasta el actuador.
Tambin es posible conmutar
de la regulacin automtica
(circuito cerrado) a la
regulacin manual (circuito
abierto), programando
directamente el valor de
porcentaje de la salida.
Serie THQ
Reguladores de
microprocesador 1/16 DIN mP
- Parmetros configurables desde el
panel de mandos
- Ajustes TC-J/K y RTD Pt100
- Accin PID con autoadaptacin ADT
- Funcin de diagnstico del lazo de
regulacin LFA
Los regul adores de
microprocesador de la serie
THQ se di st i nguen por su
elevada precisin de medida y
regulacin en las operaciones
de t ermosol dadura y de
formacin trmica, procesos
t pi cos en el embal aj e
automtico. Con la accin PID
se puede activar el autoajuste
i ni ci al AT y l a f unci n de
autoadaptacin permanente
ADT, opt i mi zando de esta
f orma l a respuesta a
vari aci ones f recuent es o
rpidas del sistema, como por
ej empl o en el caso del
arranque o de una interrupcin
del proceso. A travs del panel
de mandos y el di spl ay,
i ndi vi dual o dobl e, se
programan el sensor de
ajuste, la accin de control y
las funciones de alarma. La
funcin de diagnstico del lazo
de regul aci n LFA permi te
detectar la rotura del sensor,
de los cables o de los fusibles
de calentamiento.
Serie THT
Reguladores bsicos y
avanzados 1/16 DIN
- Salida de rel o esttica para SSR
- Salida analgica 4-20 mA o 0-10 V
- Transformador amperimtrico y HBA
- Conector de serie RS485 protocolo
MODBUS-RTU
La serie TH-T de reguladores
de temperatura ofrece modelos
bsicos aptos para las
aplicaciones ms simples y
modelos avanzados diseados
para sistemas ms
desarrollados de control y de
interface. La programacin de
los reguladores es simple y
rpida, con pocas operaciones
desde el panel de mandos. En
los modelos con interface de
serie RS485 tambin se
pueden enviar parmetros de
configuracin y recibir datos de
regulacin por medio de un PC
externo, siendo posible de esta
forma controlar distintos
reguladores al mismo tiempo.
Las versiones con ajuste desde
un transformador
amperimtrico, disponibles
como accesorio para medir
desde 25 a 100 A, permiten
detectar la interrupcin incluso
parcial de la carga, como por
ejemplo en el caso de rotura de
un fusible. Adicionalmente a los
modelos con salidas de control
de rel y de transistor para el
control de rels estticos,
existen tambin modelos con
salida analgica proporcional
en corriente de 4-20 mA y de
tensin de 0-10 V.
EUROPA
DATALOGIC AUTOMATION
Headquarters
Via S. Vitalino, 13
40012 Lippo di Calderara di Reno
Bologna - Italy
Tel. +39 051/3147011
Fax +39 051/3147453
info.automation@datalogic.com
DATALOGIC AUTOMATION IBERIA
Sucursal en Espaa
C/. Samont n 25, 4 Planta
08970 Sant Joan Desp, Barcelona - Spain
Tel. +34 93/4772059
Fax +34 93/4777272
info.automation.es@datalogic.com
DATALOGIC AUTOMATION S.R.L.
Italien Filial
Hjdrodergatan 21
SE-212 39 Malm - Sweden
Tel. +46 40/385000
Fax +46 40/385001
info.automation.se@datalogic.com
Datalogic Automation Benelux
Coltbaan 25 - 3439 NG Nieuwegein
The Netherlands
Tel. +31 30/6023410
Fax +31 30/6022064
info.automation.nl@datalogic.com
Niederlassung Central Europe
Uracher Strae 22
D-73268 Erkenbrechtsweiler - Germany
Tel. +49 7026/6080
Fax +49 7026/608849
info.automation.de@datalogic.com
Succursale en France
Le Parc Technologique de Lyon
333 Crs du 3me Millnaire,
69800 Saint Priest - France
Tel. +33 4/72476180
Fax +33 4/72470721
info.automation.fr@datalogic.com
DATALOGIC AUTOMATION UK
Datalogic House
Dunstable Road - Redbourn
Hertfordshire AL3 7PR - United Kingdom
Tel. +44 1582/464900
Fax +44 1582/464999
info.automation.uk@datalogic.com
AMERICA
DATALOGIC AUTOMATION INC
3000 Earhart Court, Suite 135
Hebron, Kentucky
41048 United States
Tel. +1 859/6897000
Fax +1 859/3344970
info.automation.us@datalogic.com
Toll Free Phone +1 800/8495358
Toll Free Fax +1 800/8495357
ASIA
DATALOGIC AUTOMATION ASIA LTD
Suite 902,Suncome Liauws Plaza,
738 Shang Cheng Road, Pudong,
Shanghai 200120 , China
Tel: +86 21/58366692/3
Fax: +86 )21/58366695
info.automation.cn@datalogic.com
DATALOGIC AUTOMATION ASIA LTD
Unit 1-3, 7/F, Yuen Long Trading Centre,
33 Wang Yip St. West, Yuen Long, NT. - Hong Kong
Tel +852 2785/3912
Fax +852 2785/3913
info.automation.hk@datalogic.com
IDEC DATALOGIC.CO.LTD
7-31, Nishi - Miyahara 1 - Chome
Yodogawa, Ku Osaka 532004 - Japan
Tel. +816 6398/3200
Fax +816 6398/3202
info.automation.jp@datalogic.com
AUSTRALIA - NUEVA ZELANDA
DATALOGIC AUTOMATION PTY LTD
Unil 130 - 45 Gilby Road
Mount Waverley - Victoria
3149 Australia
Tel. +61 3/95589299
Fax +61 3/95589233
info.automation.au@datalogic.com
www.datasensor.com www.automation.datalogic.com
Los nombres de productos y empresas y los logotipos mancionados pueden ser marcas registradas o pendientes de registro de sus respectivas empresas. Datalogic se reserva el derecho de modificar cualquier dato o de incluir mejoras sin previo aviso.
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L
M
A
X
I

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
Sensitivity adjustment and Stability LED
Free voltage power supply and relay output
10-30 Vdc power supply with NPN and PNP outputs
Versions with 5 timing functions

The photoelectric sensors of the S2 series are enclosed in sturdy plastic housings,
developed to guarantee the complete protection of the control panel and
connection terminals.
The free voltage versions present a relay output, while the 10-30 Vdc versions
have a double NPN and PNP output, both available with 1 or 2 m proximity, 5 m
polarised retroreflex, 3 m polarised retroreflex and 10 or 50 m through beam optic
functions.
The red output LED and the green stability LED are visible through the IP66
hermetically-sealed cover, that also protects the terminal block and commands,
such as the sensitivity adjustment trimmer and dark/light operating mode selector.
The versions with output timing present a trimmer to regulate the time up to 16 s.
and a selector to set 5 different functions.
S2 SERIES
MULTI-FUNCTION SENSORS
TECHNICAL DATA DETECTION DIAGRAMS
Power supply: ............................................... 10 ... 30 Vdc, reverse polarity protection
15 ... 264 Vac/Vdc
Consumption: ............................................... 30 mA max. (d.c. vers.)
3 VA max. (a.c. vers.)
Light emission: ............................................. infrared LED 880 nm
red LED 660 nm (B vers.)
Diffuse proximity operating distance: ........ 1 ... 90 cm (C90 vers.)
1 ... 200 cm (C200 vers.)
Retroreflex operating distance: .................. 0.1 ... 5 m (on R2)
Polarised retroreflex operating distance: .. 0.15 ... 3 m (on R2)
Through beam operating distance: ............ 0 ... 10 m (G10/F10 vers.)
0 ... 50 m (G50/F50 vers.)
Setting: .......................................................... sensitivity trimmer
Indicators: ..................................................... red OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
Output type: .................................................. NPN and PNP, open collector (d.c. vers.)
or relay 1 NO contact (a.c. vers.)
Saturation voltage: ....................................... 1 V max. (NPN vers.)
2 V max. (PNP vers.)
Output current: ............................................. 100 mA max., short-circuit protection
relay 1 A (250 Vac), resistive load
Response time: ............................................. 1 ms max. (d.c. vers.)
20 ms max. (a.c. vers.)
Switching frequency: ................................... 500 Hz max. (d.c. vers.)
25 Hz max. (a.c. vers.)
Timing function: ........................................... normal, ON-delay, OFF-delay, ON/OFF-
delay, one-shot all adjustable from 0.6
to 16 sec.
Operating mode: ........................................... dark/light selectable
Connection: ...................................................terminal block with 4 screw terminals
gland for cables with 8 to 10 mm diameter
Electrical protection: ................................... class 1 (a.c. vers.)
class 2 (d.c. vers.)
Mechanical protection: ................................ IP66
Housing material: ......................................... PBT plastic
Lens material: ............................................... PMMA plastic
Weight: .......................................................... 100 g max.
Operating temperature: ................................-25 ... +55C
Storage temperature: ................................... -25 ... +70C
Reference standard: ..................................... EN 60947-5-2
Certifications: ...............................................
The operating distances indicate the detection distance with excess gain 2.
S2-x-C200-x
S2-x-C90-x
S2-x-B3-x
S2-x-F10/G10
S2-x-F50/G50
White R90%
Grey R18%
White R90%
R5
R2
Grey R18%
S2-x-A5-x
R5
R2
The detection diagrams indicate the typical
operating distance with excess gain 1.
UNI EN ISO9001 UNI EN ISO14000
CONNECTIONS
DIMENSIONS
S2-5-A/B/C/F S2-5-G
S2-1-A/B/C/F S2-1-G
mm
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L
M
A
X
I

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
VERSIONS WITH 15 ... 264 Vac/Vdc POWER SUPPLY
MODEL FUNCTION OUTPUT CODE N
S2-1-C90 proximity relay J950530390
S2-1-C90T proximity relay with timer J950535390
S2-1-A5 retroreflex relay J950330390
S2-1-A5T retroreflex relay with timer J950335390
S2-1-B3 polarised retroreflex relay J950320390
S2-1-B3T polarised retroreflex relay with timer J950325390
S2-1-F10 receiver relay J950200390
S2-1-F10T receiver relay with timer J950205390
S2-1-G10 emitter - J950139990
S2-1-G50 emitter - J950139995
VERSIONS WITH 10 ... 30 Vdc POWER SUPPLY
S2-5-C90 proximity NPN/PNP J950530000
S2-5-C90T proximity NPN/PNP with timer J950535000
S2-5-A5 retroreflex NPN/PNP J950330000
S2-5-A5T retroreflex NPN/PNP with timer J950335000
S2-5-B3 polarised retroreflex NPN/PNP J950320000
S2-5-B3T polarised retroreflex NPN/PNP with timer J950325000
S2-5-F10 receiver NPN/PNP J950200000
S2-5-F10T receiver NPN/PNP with timer J950205000
S2-5-G10 emitter - J950139900
S2-5-G50 emitter - J950139905
MODEL SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION
Distributed by:
P
r
i
n
t
e
d

i
n

I
t
a
l
y

i
n

J
u
l
y

2
0
0
5
R
e
v
.

0
2
HEADQUARTERS
DATASENSOR SpA
via Lavino, 265 - 40050 Monte San Pietro, BO - Italy
Tel. +39 051/6765611 Fax +39 051/6759324
www.datasensor.com e-mail info@datasensor.com
Datasensor SpA endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason the
technical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations without prior notice. For correct
installation and use Datasensor SpA can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manual
supplied with the products.
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L
T
U
B
U
L
A
R

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
Complete range of optic functions, universal, application

and laser class 1
Flat plastic tubular housing for improved versatility or

metal cylindrical housing
Versions with axial or radial optics, with fixed, trimmer or

EASYtouch teach-in adjustment
Cable or M12 connection with EN standard NPN or PNP

NO-NC configuration
The S50 series offers all optical functions within a M18 housing.
With the universal sensing functions of proximity, polarised retroreflex and through
beam, which are also available with class 1 laser emission, as well as the more
advanced functions of background suppression, background/foreground
suppression, analogue displacement, contrast and luminescence, the S50 really is
one housing for all applications.
The S50 setting is carried out-by either by potentiometer, which is sealed to IP67,
or using the patented EASYtouch push-button teach system, which gives rapid
and precise automatic setting of the switching points.
The S50 series is available both in flat plastic format ideal for M18 nut or screw
mounting through the sensor body, as well as a cylindrical metal housing. Axial or
radial optics are available in both housings with integral cable or M12 connection
conforming to EN 60947-5-2, the European wiring standard. The performance,
versatility and extensive optical sensing options, positions the S50 series as the
new bench mark for customers focused on the evolution of technology and
development of standards.
S50 SERIES
M18 MULTIFUNCTION OPTOELECTRONIC
SENSORS
one for all
DIMENSIONS
INDICATORS AND SETTINGS
ACCESSORIES
For dedi cated accessori es ref er t o t he
ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.
Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing
brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.
OUTPUT stat us and
stability LEDs (receiver);
power on LED (emitter)
Adj ust ment t ri mmer
(receiver)
M12 connector output
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
B
B
F
F
D
C C
C C
E
A
B
C
D
E
F
THROUGH BEAM WITH INFRARED EMISSION
CONNECTIONS
Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in a
clockwise direction to increase the operating distance.
EMITTER
RECEIVER
B
EMITTER
S50-PA/PR-5 S50-PA/PR-2
Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.
RECEIVER
RADIAL OPTICS
2
A
Longer operating distances can be
obtained utilising separate emitter
and receiver units. The infrared
emission is modulated to avoid
interference with other light
sources and the emitter is fitted
with test inputs for remote system
interrogation.
G/F
mm
receiver - axial optics - 2 m cable
S50-PA-2-F01-NN 952001660 NPN
S50-PA-2-F01-PP 952001150 PNP
emitter - axial optics - 2 m cable
S50-PA-2-G00-XG 952001190
receiver - radial optics - 2 m cable
S50-PR-2-F01-NN 952001820 NPN
S50-PR-2-F01-PP 952001170 PNP
emitter - radial optics - 2 m cable
S50-PR-2-G00-XG 952001210
receiver - axial optics - M12 connector
S50-PA-5-F01-NN 952001550 NPN
S50-PA-5-F01-PP 952001160 PNP
emitter - axial optics - M12 connector
S50-PA-5-G00-XG 952001200
receiver - radial optics - M12 connector
S50-PR-5-F01-NN 952001760 NPN
S50-PR-5-F01-PP 952001180 PNP
emitter - radial optics - M12 connector
S50-PR-5-G00-XG 952001220
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
2
Average life of 100.000 h with T
A
= +25 C
3
270 single-turn trimmer
4
Emitter off with Test+ on Vdc and Test- on 0 V
5
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
axial optics 0 ... 30 m
radial optics 0 ... 25 m
Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption:
emitter 35 mA
receiver 30 mA
Light emission: infrared LED 880 nm
Spot dimension:
axial optics approx. 500 mm at 15 m
radial optics approx. 470 mm at 10 m
Setting: sensitivity trimmer
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
green POWER ON LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Output current: 100 mA
Saturation voltage: 2 V
Response time: 2 ms
Switching frequency: 250 Hz
Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NC
Auxiliary functions: Test + and Test -
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
M12 4-pole connector
Electrical protection: class 2
Mechanical protection: IP67
Protection devices: A, B
Housing material: PBT
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
Operating temperature: -25 ... +55C
Storage temperature: -25 ... +70C
Reference standard: EN 60947-5-2
1
3
4
5
6
7
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
6
Compatible with quick connection systems
1
Limit values
7
A - reverse polarity protection
B - overload and short-circuit protection on
receiver outputs
3
SELECTION TABLE
All the ordering codes and information are
summarised in the last pages of this catalogue.
S50-PA/PR 30 m
II3D
0 15 30 (m)
Recommended operating distance
Maximum operating distance
axial
radial 20
30
25
Detection area Excess gain
axial
axial
radial
radial
25
interrogation.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
D E
EMITTER
RECEIVER
S50-MA/MR-5 S50-MA/MR-2
B B
RADIAL OPTICS
4
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITYLEDs (receiver);
(receiver)
Cable output
Fixing nuts
A
B
C
D
E
CONNECTIONS
C C
C C
B
A
EMITTER
RECEIVER
G/F
mm
5
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL NOTES
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption:
emitter 35 mA
receiver 30 mA
Spot dimension:
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
green POWER ON LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Response time: 2 ms
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material: nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
110 g max.
60 g max.
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
1
3
4
5
7
6
2
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
5
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
6
1
Limit values
7
receiver outputs
SELECTION TABLE
S50-MA-2-F01-NN 952021700 NPN
S50-MA-2-F01-PP 952021250 PNP
S50-MA-2-G00-XG 952021060
S50-MR-2-F01-NN 952021640 NPN
S50-MR-2-F01-PP 952021170 PNP
S50-MR-2-G00-XG 952021180
S50-MA-5-F01-NN 952021700 NPN
S50-MA-5-F01-PP 952021250 PNP
S50-MA-5-G00-XG 952021260
S50-MR-5-F01-NN 952021800 NPN
S50-MR-5-F01-PP 952021370 PNP
S50-MR-5-G00-XG 952021380
S50-MA/MR 30 m
II3D
0 15 30 (m)
axial
radial 20
30
25
axial
axial
radial
radial
25
NOT USED
TEST +
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
OUTPUT stat us and
power on LEDs
(receiver)
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
B
B
F
F
D
C C
C C
E
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
Decrease sensitivity to increase resolution.
EMITTER
RECEIVER
B
EMITTER
S50-PL/PH-5 S50-PL/PH-2
RECEIVER
RADIAL OPTICS
6
A
The high operating distance typical
of emitter and receiver pairs is
notably increased thanks to the
use of visible red laser emission.
The laser beam can be easily
aligned and offers excellent
detection resolution of even small
objects. The class 1 laser emission
guarantees maximum safety for the
operators in all applications.
LASER THROUGH BEAM WITH RED EMISSION L-G/F
mm
7
S50-PL/PH 60 m
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption:
emitter 35 mA
receiver 30 mA
Light emission:
red Laser 650 nm
class 1 EN 60825-1
class II CDRH21 CFR 1040.10
Resolution:
approx. 2.5 mm at 5 m
approx. 5 mm at 10 m
approx. 10 mm over 20 m
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green POWER ON LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Response time: 333 s
Switching frequency: 1.5 kHz
Auxiliary functions: Test +
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Lens material: PMMA / glass
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
Reference standard: EN 60947-5-2,
EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10
1
3
4
5
6
7
2
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
Emitter off with Test+ connected to +Vcc
Emitter on with Test+ not connected or
connected to 0V
5
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PL-2-G00-XG 952001420
S50-PL-2-F01-NN 952001890 NPN
S50-PL-2-F01-PP 952001400 PNP
S50-PH-2-G00-XG 952002060
S50-PH-2-F01-NN 952002030 NPN
S50-PH-2-F01-PP 952002020 PNP
S50-PL-5-G00-XG 952001430
S50-PL-5-F01-NN 952001860 NPN
S50-PL-5-F01-PP 952001410 PNP
S50-PH-5-G00-XG 952002070
S50-PH-5-F01-NN 952002050 NPN
S50-PH-5-F01-PP 952002040 PNP
6
7
receiver outputs
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
0 15 30 45 60 (m)
Operating distance
60
50
Resolution - axial Detection area - axial
Detection area - radial Resolution - radial
radial
axial
The use of the MICRO-18 fixing bracket
(cod. 95ACC1380) is recommended for the
correct optic axis alignment of the laser
emission.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
OUTPUT stat us and
power on LEDs
(receiver)
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
notably increased thanks to the use
of visible red laser emission. The
laser beam can be easily aligned
and offers excellent detection
resolution of even small objects.
The class 1 laser emission
S50-ML/MH-5 S50-ML/MH-2
EMITTER
8
clockwise direction to increase the operating distance
A
NOT USED
TEST +
RECEIVER
RADIAL OPTICS
D E
EMITTER
RECEIVER
B B
C C
C C
mm
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption:
emitter 35 mA
receiver 30 mA
Light emission:
red Laser 650 nm
class 1 EN 60825-1
Resolution: approx. 2.5 mm at 5 m
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green POWER ON LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10
1
3
4
5
6
7
2
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
connected to 0V
6
7
receiver outputs
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
0 15 30 45 60 (m)
Operating distance
60
50
radial
axial
9
S50-ML/MH 60 m
TECHNICAL DATA
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
S50-ML-2-G00-XG 952021430
S50-ML-2-F01-NN 952021840 NPN
S50-ML-2-F01-PP 952021420 PNP
S50-MH-2-G00-XG 952022060
S50-MH-2-F01-NN 952022030 NPN
S50-MH-2-F01-PP 952022020 PNP
S50-ML-5-G00-XG 952021470
S50-ML-5-F01-NN 952021870 NPN
S50-ML-5-F01-PP 952021460 PNP
S50-MH-5-G00-XG 952022070
S50-MH-5-F01-NN 952022050 NPN
S50-MH-5-F01-PP 952022040 PNP
emission.
5
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
RETROREFLEX WITH INFRARED EMISSION
With retroreflex sensors the object
is detected when it interrupts the
light beam generated between the
sensor and its associated
prismatic reflector. This retroreflex
system, created between the
sensor and the reflector, offers the
advantage of electrically
connecting one single unit instead
of two, as in the emitter-receiver
system.
ACCESSORIES
For dedicated accessories refer to the
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT status LED
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
D E
F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
C
10
C
A
A
A
mm
5 (m)
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
11
S50-PA 5 m S50-MA
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
5
the outputs
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance: 0.1 ... 5 m
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension: approx. 100 mm at 2 m
Indicators: yellow OUTPUT LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Response time: 0.5 ms
Switching frequency: 1 kHz
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
A
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
A
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
A
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
A
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
A
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
A
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
A
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
A
0
0
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
plastic - axial optics - 2 m cable
S50-PA-2-A00-NN 952002090 NPN
S50-PA-2-A00-PP 952002080 PNP
metal - axial optics - 2 m cable
S50-MA-2-A00-NN 952022090 NPN
S50-MA-2-A00-PP 952022080 PNP
plastic - axial optics - M12 connector
S50-PA-5-A00-NN 952002110 NPN
S50-PA-5-A00-PP 952002100 PNP
metal - axial optics - M12 connector
S50-MA-5-A00-NN 952022110 NPN
S50-MA-5-A00-PP 952022100 PNP
R2
R5
R2 R5
1 0.1 2 3 4
Operating distance
axial on R5 5
axial on R2 4
POLARISED RETROREFLEX WITH RED EMISSION
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
Refer also to Reflectors (A.01), Connectors
(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the
General Catalogue.
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
B
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
RADIAL OPTICS
12
D E
F B F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
B
C
C C
C
B
B
A
A
prismatic reflector. High-
polarisation optic filters also allow
reliable detection of very reflective
objects, such as mirrored surfaces
that, differently from the prismatic
reflector, reflect the light beam
without rotating the polarisation
plane.
B
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
5
6
the outputs
1 0.1 2 3 4 5 (m)
axial on R2 3.5
4.5
4
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
axial optics 0.1 ... 4.5 m
radial optics 0.1 ... 3 m
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Light emission: red LED 660 nm
Spot dimension:
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
5
6
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-B01-NN 952001610 NPN
S50-PA-2-B01-PP 952001010 PNP
S50-MA-2-B01-NN 952021500 NPN
S50-MA-2-B01-PP 952021000 PNP
S50-PA-5-B01-NN 952001500 NPN
S50-PA-5-B01-PP 952001020 PNP
S50-MA-5-B01-NN 952021660 NPN
S50-MA-5-B01-PP 952021200 PNP
plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable
S50-PR-2-B01-NN 952001780 NPN
S50-PR-2-B01-PP 952001030 PNP
metal - radial optics - 2 m cable
S50-MR-2-B01-NN 952021600 NPN
S50-MR-2-B01-PP 952021140 PNP
plastic - radial optics - M12 connector
S50-PR-5-B01-NN 952001720 NPN
S50-PR-5-B01-PP 952001040 PNP
metal - radial optics - M12 connector
S50-MR-5-B01-NN 952021760 NPN
S50-MR-5-B01-PP 952021340 PNP
radial on R5
radial on R2
2.5
2
3
2.5
axial on R5 4
Detection area - axial Excess gain - axial
Excess gain - radial Detection area - radial
13
R2
R2
High efficiency reflectors can be used
to obtain larger operating distances.
Ref er t o Refl ectors (A. 01) of t he
General Catalogue.
R5
R2
R5
R5
R5
R2
3 m S50-PA/PR S50-MA/MR 4.5 m
D E
F B F
B
C
C C
C
B
B
LASER RETROREFLEX WITH RED EMISSION
The visible red laser emission
increases the operating distance
and resolution of the polarised
retroreflex sensor. Specific R7 or
R8 reflectors with 0.8 mm micro-
prisms are available for high-
resolution detection of small
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
General Catalogue.
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
PLASTIC HOUSING
B
B
14
METAL HOUSING
A
A
L-B
RADIAL OPTICS
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PL-2-B01-NN 952001870 NPN
S50-PL-2-B01-PP 952001360 PNP
S50-PH-2-B01-NN 952001950 NPN
S50-PH-2-B01-PP 952001940 PNP
S50-ML-2-B01-NN 952021820 NPN
S50-ML-2-B01-PP 952021400 PNP
S50-MH-2-B01-NN 952021950 NPN
S50-MH-2-B01-PP 952021940 PNP
plastic -axial optics - M12 connector
S50-PL-5-B01-NN 952001840 NPN
S50-PL-5-B01-PP 952001370 PNP
plastic -radial optics - M12 connector
S50-PH-5-B01-NN 952001970 NPN
S50-PH-5-B01-PP 952001960 PNP
S50-ML-5-B01-NN 952021850 NPN
S50-ML-5-B01-PP 952021440 PNP
S50-MH-5-B01-NN 952021970 NPN
S50-MH-5-B01-PP 952021960 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
axial optics 0.1 ... 16 m
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Light emission:
red Laser 650 nm
class 1 EN 60825-1
Resolution:
2 mm max. at 3 m (on R7)
5 mm max. over 7 m (on R2)
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10
1
3
4
6
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
5
6
the outputs
15
General Catalogue.
S50-PH/PL S50-MH/ML 16 m
8 12 16 (m)
axial on R7 11
Operating distance
radial on R2
radial on R7
9
axial on R2 16
Resolution on R7 reflector - axial Detection area - axial
Detection area - radial Resolution on R7 reflector - radial
R7
R2
R7
R2
emission.
6
RETROREFLEX FOR TRANSPARENTS WITH RED EMISSION
With high sensitivity and reduced
hysteresis this retroreflex sensor
allows the detection of even a
small variation of the light
emission received by the sensor,
typically created by the presence
of transparent objects such as
glass or PET containers or plastic
film sheets for packaging. The
presence of polarising filters
avoids false switching on shiny
surfaces.
ACCESSORIES
General Catalogue.
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT status LED
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
D E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
B
B
B
B
B
F
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
C
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
16
C C
C
A
A
RADIAL OPTICS
T
mm
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-T01-NN 952001690 NPN
S50-PA-2-T01-PP 952001260 PNP
S50-MA-2-T01-NN 952021570 NPN
S50-MA-2-T01-PP 952021090 PNP
S50-PA-5-T01-NN 952001580 NPN
S50-PA-5-T01-PP 952001270 PNP
S50-MA-5-T01-NN 952021730 NPN
S50-MA-5-T01-PP 952021290 PNP
S50-PR-2-T01-NN 952001830 NPN
S50-PR-2-T01-PP 952001280 PNP
S50-MR-2-T01-NN 952021650 NPN
S50-MR-2-T01-PP 952021190 PNP
S50-PR-5-T01-NN 952001770 NPN
S50-PR-5-T01-PP 952001290 PNP
S50-MR-5-T01-NN 952021810 NPN
S50-MR-5-T01-PP 952021390 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
radial optics 0.1 ... 1.7 m
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension:
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
5
6
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
5
6
the outputs
0.5 0.1 1 1.5 2 (m)
axial on R2 1
1.7
radial on R5
radial on R2 1
axial on R5
1.4
TECHNICAL NOTES
17
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
1.4 1.7
1.3
1.3
R2
R5
R2
R5
S50-PA/PR 1.7 m S50-MA/MR
General Catalogue
SHORT DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION
This diffuse proximity sensor
represents a reliable, simple and
cost-effective solution for the
direct detection of any object
inside the fixed operating distance.
I ts parti cul arl y compact
dimensions permit the installation
in very small spaces.
ACCESSORIES
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT status LED
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
D E
F F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
C
C
C
18
C
A
A
RADIAL OPTICS
C
mm
Excess gain - radial
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-C10-NN 952001630 NPN
S50-PA-2-C10-PP 952001240 PNP
S50-MA-2-C10-NN 952021520 NPN
S50-MA-2-C10-PP 952021020 PNP
S50-PA-5-C10-NN 952001520 NPN
S50-PA-5-C10-PP 952001250 PNP
S50-MA-5-C10-NN 952021680 NPN
S50-MA-5-C10-PP 952021220 PNP
S50-PR-2-C10-NN 952001800 NPN
S50-PR-2-C10-PP 952001490 PNP
S50-MR-2-C10-NN 952021620 NPN
S50-MR-2-C10-PP 952021490 PNP
S50-PR-5-C10-NN 952001740 NPN
S50-PR-5-C10-PP 952001480 PNP
S50-MR-5-C10-NN 952021780 NPN
S50-MR-5-C10-PP 952021480 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
axial optics 0 ... 10 cm
radial optics 0 ... 8 cm
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension:
axial optics approx. 80 mm at 10 cm
radial optics approx. 55 mm at 10 cm
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
5
4
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 (cm)
axial
radial
10
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
TECHNICAL NOTES
8
19
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
Detection area - radial
White 90%
S50-PA/PR 10 cm S50-MA/MR
mm
cm
mm
cm
cm
cm
11
9
DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION
This version of diffuse proximity
sensor has a detection distance
that can be set using the
sensitivity adjustment trimmer. The
green stability LED indicates
whether the received signal is
above to the minimum signal for
stable output switching.
ACCESSORIES
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
B
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
20
D E
F B
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
B
C
C
A
A
C
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance: 0 ... 40 cm
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension: approx. 100 mm at 300 cm
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Operating mode: light on NO / dark on NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
6
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
2
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
2
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
2
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
2
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
2
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
2
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
2
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
2
1
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-C21-NN 952002170 NPN
S50-PA-2-C21-PP 952002160 PNP
S50-MA-2-C21-NN 952022130 NPN
S50-MA-2-C21-PP 952022120 PNP
S50-PA-5-C21-NN 952002190 NPN
S50-PA-5-C21-PP 952002180 PNP
S50-MA-5-C21-NN 952022150 NPN
S50-MA-5-C21-PP 952022140 PNP
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
5
1
Limit values
6
the outputs
TECHNICAL NOTES
21
S50-PA 40 cm S50-MA
0 10 20 30 40 (cm)
40
35
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
LONG DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION
sensor offers the maximum
operating distance for the direct
detection of objects. The detection
distance can be set using the
ACCESSORIES
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
B
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
22
D E
F B F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
B
C C
C C
B
B
A
A
RADIAL OPTICS
C
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension:
axial optics approx.200 mm at 60 cm
radial optics approx.35 mm at 40 cm
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
6
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-C01-NN 952001620 NPN
S50-PA-2-C01-PP 952001050 PNP
S50-MA-2-C01-NN 952021510 NPN
S50-MA-2-C01-PP 952021010 PNP
S50-PA-5-C01-NN 952001510 NPN
S50-PA-5-C01-PP 952001060 PNP
S50-MA-5-C01-NN 952021670 NPN
S50-MA-5-C01-PP 952021210 PNP
S50-PR-2-C01-NN 952001790 NPN
S50-PR-2-C01-PP 952001070 PNP
S50-MR-2-C01-NN 952021610 NPN
S50-MR-2-C01-PP 952021150 PNP
S50-PR-5-C01-NN 952001730 NPN
S50-PR-5-C01-PP 952001080 PNP
S50-MR-5-C01-NN 952021770 NPN
S50-MR-5-C01-PP 952021350 PNP
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
5
1
Limit values
6
the outputs
TECHNICAL NOTES
0 15 30 45 60 (cm)
axial
radial
35
60 70
40
23
Grey 18%
White 90%
White 90%
White 90%
Grey 18%
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
mm
cm
mm
cm
cm
cm
FIXED FOCUS PROXIMITY WITH RED EMISSION
ACCESSORIES
The fixed focus proximity sensor
offers a simple fixed background
suppression distance beyond
which no object is detected. The
fixed triangulation of the optics
greatly reduces the detection
distance of reflective objects. The
visible red emission facilitates
sensor installation.
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT status LED
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
24
D E
F F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
C C
C C
A
A
RADIAL OPTICS
D
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-D00-NN 952001640 NPN
S50-PA-2-D00-PP 952001090 PNP
S50-MA-2-D00-NN 952021530 NPN
S50-MA-2-D00-PP 952021030 PNP
S50-PA-5-D00-NN 952001530 NPN
S50-PA-5-D00-PP 952001100 PNP
S50-MA-5-D00-NN 952021690 NPN
S50-MA-5-D00-PP 952021230 PNP
S50-PR-2-D00-NN 952001810 NPN
S50-PR-2-D00-PP 952001110 PNP
S50-MR-2-D00-NN 952021630 NPN
S50-MR-2-D00-PP 952021160 PNP
S50-PR-5-D00-NN 952001750 NPN
S50-PR-5-D00-PP 952001120 PNP
S50-MR-5-D00-NN 952021790 NPN
S50-MR-5-D00-PP 952021360 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
axial optics 0.5 ... 10 cm
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension:
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
5
4
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
0 2.5 5 7.5 10 (cm)
Operating distance
axial
radial
10
8
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
TECHNICAL NOTES
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
Detection - radial
mm
cm
mm
cm
cm
cm
25
D E
B F
B
C C
C C
B
B
LASER PROXIMITY WITH RED EMISSION
allows the accurate detection of
very small objects. The sensors
operate as a proximity device up to
35 cm and can be used as a
contrast sensor for high contrast
mark detection. The class 1 laser
emission guarantees maximum
safety for the operators in all
applications.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
B
26
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
A
A
L-C
RADIAL OPTICS
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PL-2-C01-NN 952001880 NPN
S50-PL-2-C01-PP 952001380 PNP
S50-PH-2-C01-NN 952001990 NPN
S50-PH-2-C01-PP 952001980 PNP
S50-ML-2-C01-NN 952021830 NPN
S50-ML-2-C01-PP 952021410 PNP
S50-MH-2-C01-NN 952021990 NPN
S50-MH-2-C01-PP 952021980 PNP
S50-PL-5-C01-NN 952001850 NPN
S50-PL-5-C01-PP 952001390 PNP
S50-PH-5-C01-NN 952002010 NPN
S50-PH-5-C01-PP 952002000 PNP
S50-ML-5-C01-NN 952021860 NPN
S50-ML-5-C01-PP 952021450 PNP
S50-MH-5-C01-NN 952022010 NPN
S50-MH-5-C01-PP 952022000 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Light emission:
red Laser 650 nm
class 1 EN 60825-1
Resolution: approx. 0.3 mm at 5 cm
approx. 0.3 mm at 10 cm
approx. 2 mm at 30 cm
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10
1
3
4
6
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
5
6
the outputs
0 10 20 40 (cm)
Operating distance
25
35
S50-PH/PL S50-MH/ML 35 cm
27
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
radial
axial
emission.
AXIAL BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
OUTPUT stat us and
READY/ ERROR LEDs
Teach-in push-button
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
Teach-in button for setting.
EASYtouch provides two setting modes: standard or fine,
both obtained by pressing the push-button only once. Please
refer to instructions manual for operating details.
A
B
B
CONNECTIONS
Background suppression proximity
allows to precisely adjust the
distance over which the object is
not detected, with the minimum
difference between reflective
objects. The EASYtouch
TM
setting
procedure fixes automatically the
best detection conditions, simply
pressing once the teach-in push-
button, in presence of the
reference to detect.
C
C
D E
F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
B
B
28
A
M
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
TECHNICAL DATA
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 30 mA
Setting: teach-in push-button
Setting procedure: teach-in EASYtouch
TM
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green / red READY / ERROR LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Response time: 1 ms
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
5
4
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-M03-NN 952001670 NPN
S50-PA-2-M03-PP 952001230 PNP
S50-MA-2-M03-NN 952021550 NPN
S50-MA-2-M03-PP 952021070 PNP
S50-PA-5-M03-NN 952001560 NPN
S50-PA-5-M03-PP 952001000 PNP
S50-MA-5-M03-NN 952021710 NPN
S50-MA-5-M03-PP 952021270 PNP
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
0 2 4 6 8
Operating distance
10
10 (cm)
Detection difference with
fine acquisition
EASYtouch acquisition
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
%

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

o
b
j
e
c
t

d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
Setting distance on white 90% background Setting distance on white 90% background
%

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

o
b
j
e
c
t

d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
S50-PA S50-MA 10 cm
29
RADIAL BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
D
B
C F
B
C
E
CONNECTIONS
TM
setting
button, in presence of the reference
to detect.
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
30
OUTPUT stat us and
READY/ ERROR LEDs
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
B
A
M
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
TECHNICAL DATA
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 30 mA
TM
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Response time: 1 ms
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT / PVC
nickel plated brass
Lens material: glass
Weight:
90 g max.
40 g max.
125 g max.
75 g max.
1
3
4
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
S
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
S
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
S
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
S
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
S
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
S
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
S
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
S
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
plastic - 2 m cable
S50-PS-2-M03-NN 952001900 NPN
S50-PS-2-M03-PP 952001910 PNP
metal - 2 m cable
S50-MS-2-M03-NN 952021900 NPN
S50-MS-2-M03-PP 952021910 PNP
plastic - M12 connector
S50-PS-5-M03-NN 952001920 NPN
S50-PS-5-M03-PP 952001930 PNP
metal - M12 connector
S50-MS-5-M03-NN 952021920 NPN
S50-MS-5-M03-PP 952021930 PNP
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
0 2 4 6 8
Operating distance
10
10 (cm)
fine acquisition
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
%

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

o
b
j
e
c
t

d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
%

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

o
b
j
e
c
t

d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
S50-PS 10 cm S50-MS
31
FORE-BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION
The fore-background suppression
proximity allows to precisely
adjust the minimum and maximum
det ect i on di st ance. The
EASYtouch
TM
setting procedure
fixes automatically the best
detection conditions, simply
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
32
C
C
B
D E
F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
B
OUTPUT stat us and
READY/ ERROR LEDs
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
B
A
N
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-N03-NN 952001680 NPN
S50-PA-2-N03-PP 952001440 PNP
S50-MA-2-N03-NN 952021560 NPN
S50-MA-2-N03-PP 952021080 PNP
S50-PA-5-N03-NN 952001570 NPN
S50-PA-5-N03-PP 952001450 PNP
S50-MA-5-N03-NN 952021720 NPN
S50-MA-5-N03-PP 952021280 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 30 mA
TM
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Response time: 2 ms
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
5
4
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
N
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
N
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
N
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
N
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
N
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
N
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
N
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
N
0
3
-
P
P
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
0 2 4 6 8 10 (cm)
Operating distance
10
Detection hysteresis with
B
a
c
k
g
ro
u
n
d
s
u
p
p
re
s
s
io
n
a
re
a
D
e
te
c
tio
n
a
re
a
Foreground suppression area
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 (cm)
Distance
D
i
s
t
a
n
c
e

10
6
4
2
0
8
(cm)
12
Note: in the fine acquisition mode, the foreground suppression distance
is nearer to the point where the object has been acquired
S50-PA S50-MA 10 cm
33
FIBRE-OPTIC AMPLIFIER WITH RED EMISSION
The amplifier is built to accept any
standard 2.2 mm fibre-optic
which can be for either diffused or
through beam operation. A locking
ring when tightened holds the
fibres firmly in position. The
sensitivity is adjusted by an IP67
rated trimmer. The proximity or
through beam fibres are mainly
used in applications where space is
of a premium and for detection of
small objects. Special fibres are
also available for high temperature
and high wear applications. For
further information on the
extensive range of fibre-optic
accessories please see the OF
datasheet.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
Refer also to Fibre-optics (A.02), Connectors
General Catalogue.
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
Fibre fixing nut
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
D
C
E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
B
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
PLASTIC HOUSING
34
C
B
METAL HOUSING
H
H
B
A
A
E
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-E01-NN 952001650 NPN
S50-PA-2-E01-PP 952001130 PNP
S50-MA-2-E01-NN 952021880 NPN
S50-MA-2-E01-PP 952021040 PNP
S50-PA-5-E01-NN 952001540 NPN
S50-PA-5-E01-PP 952001140 PNP
S50-MA-5-E01-NN 952021890 NPN
S50-MA-5-E01-PP 952021240 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
proximity 3 cm (OF-42-ST-20 standard fibres)
through beam 10 cm (OF-43-ST-20 standard fibres)
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Fibre fixing nut material: ABS
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
6
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
E
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
E
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
E
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
E
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
E
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
E
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
E
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
E
0
1
-
P
P
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
5
1
Limit values
6
the outputs
0 2.5 5 7.5 10 (cm)
Operating distance with standard fibres
Proximty
Through beam
3
10
* standard fibre-optics
Standard fibre-optics:
OF-42-ST-20 proximity
OF-43-ST-20 through beam
High efficiency fibre-optics or accessory
lenses can be used to obtain larger
operating distances. Refer to Fibre-
opti cs (A. 02) of t he General
Catalogue.
Detection area - proximity * Excess gain - proximity *
Excess gain - through beam * Detection area - through beam *
Grey 18%
White 90%
White 90%
Grey 18%
S50-PA S50-MA
3/10 cm
35
CONTRAST SENSOR WITH WHITE EMISSION
The white light LED emission is
designed for the detection of a
large number of coloured or grey-
scale contrasts, in order to detect
print registration marks or similar.
The EASYt ouch
TM
set t i ng
procedures automatically selects
the best detection conditions,
simply by pressing the teach-in
push-button once, in the presence
of a reference mark. By pressing
the teach-in push-button and
holding it down until the green
light on the rear of the sensor
flashes, in the presence of the
reference mark and then pressing
the button again in the presence of
the contrast you wish to ignore, a
higher level of accuracy is
obtained.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
General Catalogue.
OUTPUT stat us and
READY/ ERROR LEDs
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
CONNECTIONS
A
A
B
B
36
C
B
B
C
D E
F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
W
mm
Sensitivity / operating distance
TECHNICAL DATA
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
SELECTION TABLE
Operating distance: 10 mm
Depth of field (max.): 2 mm
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 25 mA
Light emission: white LED 400 - 700 nm
Spot dimension: approx. 4.5 mm at 10 mm
Minimum detectable object: 0.5 mm
TM
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Operating mode:
dark with EASYtouch
TM
automatic dark / light with fine acq.
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
W
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
W
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
W
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
W
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
W
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
W
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
W
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
W
0
3
-
P
P
S50-PA-2-W03-NN 952001710 NPN
S50-PA-2-W03-PP 952001320 PNP
S50-MA-2-W03-NN 952021590 NPN
S50-MA-2-W03-PP 952021110 PNP
S50-PA-5-W03-NN 952001600 NPN
S50-PA-5-W03-PP 952001330 PNP
S50-MA-5-W03-NN 952021750 NPN
S50-MA-5-W03-PP 952021310 PNP
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
3
5
4
2
R
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

s
e
n
s
i
t
i
v
i
t
y
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
0 4 8 12 (mm)
Operating distance
12
S50-PA
S50-MA 10 mm
37
LUMINESCENCE SENSOR WITH UV EMISSION
The UV light LED emission detects
any luminescent reference, even
on very reflective surfaces, such as
ceramics, metal or mirrored glass.
The EASYt ouch
TM
set t i ng
procedures fixes automatically the
by pressing the teach-in push-
button once, with the luminescent
object present. By pressing the
teach-in push-button and holding it
down until the green light on the
rear of the sensor flashes, with the
luminescent object present and
then pressing the button again in
the presence of a luminescent
reference you wish to ignore, a
obtained.
DIMENSIONS
General Catalogue.
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
CONNECTIONS
38
C
B
B
D E
F
C
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
OUTPUT stat us and
READY/ ERROR LEDs
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
A
B
B
ACCESSORIES
U
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-U03-NN 952001700 NPN
S50-PA-2-U03-PP 952001300 PNP
S50-MA-2-U03-NN 952021580 NPN
S50-MA-2-U03-PP 952021100 PNP
S50-PA-5-U03-NN 952001590 NPN
S50-PA-5-U03-PP 952001310 PNP
S50-MA-5-U03-NN 952021740 NPN
S50-MA-5-U03-PP 952021300 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance: 8 ... 20 mm
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 25 mA
Light emission: UV LED 370 nm
Spot dimension: approx. 3 mm at 20 mm
TM
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Operating mode:
dark with EASYtouch
TM
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
U
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
U
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
U
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
U
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
U
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
U
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
U
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
U
0
3
-
P
P
1
3
5
4
2
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
0 4 8 16 20 (mm)
Operating distance
20
R
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

s
e
n
s
i
t
i
v
i
t
y
S50-PA S50-MA 20 mm
39
DISTANCE SENSOR WITH RED EMISSION
This sensor gives an analogue
0-10 Vdc output proportional to an
object's distance from the face of
the sensor over a di stance of
100 mm. The light intensity of the
yellow indicator LED at the rear of
the sensor is proportional to the
object's distance, the red LED
turns on when the object is outside
the measurement field.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
OUTPUT stat us and
field LEDs
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
C
D
E
F
D
C
E
F
C
A
A
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
40
Y
mm
3
Direct proportionality (DIR) is activated when
white wire is connected to +Vdc;
Inverse proportionality (INV) is activated
when white wire is connected to 0 V.
The white wire must always be connected.
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
TECHNICAL DATA
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 30 mA
Indicators:
yellow proportional OUTPUT LED
red field LED
Output type: analogue with 0 ... 10V voltage
Output resistance: 2 k
Load resistance: 20 k
Response time: 3,33 ms
Resolution: 1 mm / 200 mV
Operating mode: direct / inverse proportionality
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
6
4
3
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
Y
0
0
-
V
K
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
Y
0
0
-
V
K
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
Y
0
0
-
V
K
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
Y
0
0
-
V
K
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-Y00-VK 952001340
S50-MA-2-Y00-VK 952021120
S50-PA-5-Y00-VK 952001350
S50-MA-5-Y00-VK 952021320
2
A
= +25 C
1
Limit values
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
5
6
the outputs
0 2 4 6 8 10 (cm)
Operating distance
10
Measurement field in
inverse proportionality
direct proportionality
Direct proportionality (DIR)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

(
V
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

(
V
)
Inverse proportionality (INV)
S50-PA 10 cm S50-MA
41
MODEL DESCRIPTION ORDER N
ST-5010 M18/14 fixing bracket 95ACC5230
ST-5011 M18 fixing bracket 95ACC5240
S50 EASY-IN M18/14 EASYin adjustable fixing support 95ACC5300
JOINT-18 M18 jointed support 95ACC5220
SWING-18 adjustable support for plastic tubular M18 sensors 895000006
MICRO-18 support with micrometric regulation for tubular M18 sensors 95ACC1380
SP-40 fixed support for tubular M18 sensors 95ACC1370
MEK-PROOF front protection G5000001
Refer also to Accessories for Sensors of the General Catalogue
TECHNOLOGY
The series is compatible with all the Datasensor accessories already developed for
tubular sensors. In the General Catalogue refer to:
- CS connectors
- R reflectors
- OF fibre-optics
- ST fixing brackets
New accessories dedicated to the S50 series have been developed to cover all the
fixing requirements and to improve the functioning.
In particular EASYin is an innovative fixing system that can be used only for the
plastic flat version, that allows a fast and safe positioning of the sensor, facilitating the
adjustment as well as the locking and unlocking.
1
2
3
4
5
Housing and fixing nuts in indeformable plastic
providing excellent resistance against hostile
environments. Indelible laser marking
A modular product developed for the automation of
the assembling and testing process necessary to
guarantee i ntri nsi c qual i ty, repeatabi l i ty and
rel i abi l i t y. One-pi ece-f l ow management f or
improved service
6
7
42
1
2
3
4
5
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES SELECTION TABLE AND ORDER INFORMATION
EASYtouchis a Datasensor patent-covered technology that allows a rapid and safe setting of micro-controlled
sensors equipped with a teach-in push-button. A pressure longer than two seconds of the push-button allows a good
adjustment of the sensitivity threshold. EASYtouch is the easiest and fastest calibration procedure available on the
market. The instructions on how to best use EASYtouch are given in the product's instruction manual.
Multi-layer fine-line PCB
Chip-size components, integrated circuits in 8
bumps flip-chip
Analogue digital ASIC
Power ASIC for antivalent outputs
M12 custom connector compatible with quick
connection systems. The four terminals are cone-
shaped to facilitate the direct insertion in the cable
conductors (4 x 0,5 mm
2
)
7
6
DIMENSIONS ACCESSORIES
JOINT-18
UNI-5931 M6 SCREWS
VERTICAL OPTIC AXIS HORIZONTAL OPTIC AXIS
S50 EASYin
UNI-7687 M3 SCREWS
UNI-7687 M3 SCREWS
43
44
ST-5010 ST-5011
ST-5017 ST-5012
MICRO-18 SWING-18
SP-40 MEK PROOF
glass
45
* 2 nuts are included
PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LASER RADIAL OPTICS
MODEL CODE N OPTIC FUNCTION PAGE
S50-PH-2-B01-NN 952001950 laser retroreflex 14
S50-PH-2-B01-PP 952001940 laser retroreflex 14
S50-PH-2-C01-NN 952001990 laser proximity 26
S50-PH-2-C01-PP 952001980 laser proximity 26
S50-PH-2-F01-NN 952002030 laser receiver 6
S50-PH-2-F01-PP 952002020 laser receiver 6
S50-PH-2 G00-XG 952002060 laser emitter 6
S50-PH-5-G00-XG 952002070 laser emitter 6
PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LASER AXIAL OPTICS
S50-PL-2-B01-NN 952001870 laser retroreflex 14
S50-PL-2-B01-PP 952001360 laser retroreflex 14
S50-PL-2-C01-NN 952001880 laser proximity 26
S50-PL-2-C01-PP 952001380 laser proximity 26
S50-PL-2-F01-NN 952001890 laser receiver 6
S50-PL-2-F01-PP 952001400 laser receiver 6
S50-PL-2 G00-XG 952001420 laser emitter 6
S50-PL-5-G00-XG 952001430 laser emitter 6
PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH RADIAL OPTICS
S50-PR-2-B01-NN 952001780 polarised retroreflex 12
S50-PR-2-B01-PP 952001030 polarised retroreflex 12
S50-PR-2-C01-NN 952001790 long diffuse proximity 22
S50-PR-2-C01-PP 952001070 long diffuse proximity 22
S50-PR-2-C10-NN 952001800 short diffuse proximity 18
S50-PR-2-C10-PP 952001490 short diffuse proximity 18
S50-PR-2-D00-NN 952001810 fixed focus proximity 24
S50-PR-2-D00-PP 952001110 fixed focus proximity 24
S50-PR-2-F01-NN 952001820 receiver 2
S50-PR-2-F01-PP 952001170 receiver 2
S50-PR-2-G00-XG 952001210 emitter 2
S50-PR-2-T01-NN 952001830 retroreflex for transparents 16
S50-PR-2-T01-PP 952001280 retroreflex for transparents 16
S50-PR-5-F01-NN 952001760 receiver 2
S50-PR-5-F01-PP 952001180 receiver 2
S50-PR-5-G00-XG 952001220 emitter 2
PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH AXIAL OPTICS
S50-PA-2-A00-NN 952002090 retroreflex 10
S50-PA-2-A00-PP 952002080 retroreflex 10
S50-PA-2-B01-NN 952001610 polarised retroreflex 12
S50-PA-2-B01-PP 952001010 polarised retroreflex 12
S50-PA-2-C01-NN 952001620 long diffuse proximity 22
S50-PA-2-C01-PP 952001050 long diffuse proximity 22
S50-PA-2-C10-NN 952001630 short diffuse proximity 18
S50-PA-2-C10-PP 952001240 short diffuse proximity 18
S50-PA-2-C21-NN 952002170 midi diffuse proximity 20
S50-PA-2-C21-PP 952002160 midi diffuse proximity 20
S50-PA-2-D00-NN 952001640 fixed focus proximity 24
S50-PA-2-D00-PP 952001090 fixed focus proximity 24
S50-PA-2-E01-NN 952001650 fibre-optic amplifier 34
S50-PA-2-E01-PP 952001130 fibre-optic amplifier 34
S50-PA-2-F01-NN 952001660 receiver 2
S50-PA-2-F01-PP 952001150 receiver 2
S50-PA-2-G00-XG 952001190 emitter 2
S50-PA-2-M03-NN 952001670 background suppression 28
S50-PA-2-M03-PP 952001230 background suppression 28
S50-PA-2-N03-NN 952001680 fore-background suppression 32
S50-PA-2-N03-PP 952001440 fore-background suppression 32
S50-PA-2-T01-NN 952001690 retroreflex for transparents 16
S50-PA-2-T01-PP 952001260 retroreflex for transparents 16
S50-PA-2-U03-NN 952001700 luminescence sensor 38
S50-PA-2-U03-PP 952001300 luminescence sensor 38
S50-PA-2-W03-NN 952001710 contrast sensor 36
S50-PA-2-W03-PP 952001320 contrast sensor 36
S50-PA-2-Y00-VK 952001340 distance sensor 40
S50-PA-5-F01-NN 952001550 receiver 2
S50-PA-5-F01-PP 952001160 receiver 2
S50-PA-5-G00-XG 952001200 emitter 2
PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LATERAL OPTICS
S50-PS-2-M03-NN 952001900 background suppression 30
S50-PS-2-M03-PP 952001910 background suppression 30
MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX
46
METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LASER AXIAL OPTICS
S50-ML-2-B01-NN 952021820 laser retroreflex 14
S50-ML-2-B01-PP 952021400 laser retroreflex 14
S50-ML-2-C01-NN 952021830 laser proximity 26
S50-ML-2-C01-PP 952021410 laser proximity 26
S50-ML-2-F01-NN 952021840 laser receiver 8
S50-ML-2-F01-PP 952021420 laser receiver 8
S50-ML-2-G00-XG 952021430 laser emitter 8
METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH RADIAL OPTICS
S50-MR-2-B01-NN 952021600 polarised retroreflex 12
S50-MR-2-B01-PP 952021140 polarised retroreflex 12
S50-MR-2-C01-NN 952021610 long diffuse proximity 22
S50-MR-2-C01-PP 952021150 long diffuse proximity 22
S50-MR-2-C10-NN 952021620 short diffuse proximity 18
S50-MR-2-C10-PP 952021490 short diffuse proximity 18
S50-MR-2-D00-NN 952021630 fixed focus proximity 24
S50-MR-2-D00-PP 952021160 fixed focus proximity 24
S50-MR-2-F01-NN 952021640 receiver 4
S50-MR-2-F01-PP 952021170 receiver 4
S50-MR-2-G00-XG 952021180 emitter 4
S50-MR-2-T01-NN 952021650 retroreflex for transparents 16
S50-MR-2-T01-PP 952021190 retroreflex for transparents 16
S50-MR-5-F01-NN 952021800 receiver 4
S50-MR-5-F01-PP 952021370 receiver 4
S50-MR-5-G00-XG 952021380 emitter 4
METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH AXIAL OPTICS
S50-MA-2-A00-NN 952022090 retroreflex 10
S50-MA-2-A00-PP 952022080 retroreflex 10
S50-MA-2-B01-NN 952021500 polarised retroreflex 12
S50-MA-2-B01-PP 952021000 polarised retroreflex 12
S50-MA-2-C01-NN 952021510 long diffuse proximity 22
S50-MA-2-C01-PP 952021010 long diffuse proximity 22
S50-MA-2-C10-NN 952021520 short diffuse proximity 18
S50-MA-2-C10-PP 952021020 short diffuse proximity 18
S50-MA-2-C21-NN 952022130 midi diffuse proximity 20
S50-MA-2-C21-PP 952022120 midi diffuse proximity 20
S50-MA-2-D00-NN 952021530 fixed focus proximity 24
S50-MA-2-D00-PP 952021030 fixed focus proximity 24
S50-MA-2-E01-NN 952021880 fibre-optic amplifier 34
S50-MA-2-E01-PP 952021040 fibre-optic amplifier 34
S50-MA-2-F01-NN 952021540 receiver 4
S50-MA-2-F01-PP 952021050 receiver 4
S50-MA-2-G00-XG 952021060 emitter 4
S50-MA-2-M03-NN 952021550 background suppression 28
S50-MA-2-M03-PP 952021070 background suppression 28
S50-MA-2-N03-NN 952021560 fore-background suppression 32
S50-MA-2-N03-PP 952021080 fore-background suppression 32
S50-MA-2-T01-NN 952021570 retroreflex for transparents 16
S50-MA-2-T01-PP 952021090 retroreflex for transparents 16
S50-MA-2-U03-NN 952021580 luminescence sensor 38
S50-MA-2-U03-PP 952021100 luminescence sensor 38
S50-MA-2-W03-NN 952021590 contrast sensor 36
S50-MA-2-W03-PP 952021110 contrast sensor 36
S50-MA-2-Y00-VK 952021120 distance sensor 40
S50-MA-5-F01-NN 952021700 receiver 4
S50-MA-5-F01-PP 952021250 receiver 4
S50-MA-5-G00-XG 952021260 emitter 4
METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LASER RADIAL OPTICS
S50-MH-2-B01-NN 952021940 laser retroreflex 14
S50-MH-2-B01-PP 952021950 laser retroreflex 14
S50-MH-2-C01-NN 952021990 laser proximity 26
S50-MH-2-C01-PP 952021980 laser proximity 26
S50-MH-2-F01-NN 952022030 laser receiver 8
S50-MH-2-F01-PP 952022020 laser receiver 8
S50-MH-2-G00-XG 952022060 laser emitter 8
METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LATERAL OPTICS
S50-MS-2-M03-NN 952021900 background suppression 30
S50-MS-2-M03-PP 952021910 background suppression 30
47
S 5 0 - P A - 2 - B 0 1 - N N
MODEL CODING TABLE
Note: Not all code combinations are available. Please refer to
alphabetical model index for the list of available models.
HEADQUARTERS
DATASENSOR SpA
Tel. +39 051/6765611 Fax +39 051/6759324
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L
T
U
B
U
L
A
R

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
supplied with the products. P
r
i
n
t
e
d

i
n

I
t
a
l
y

i
n

O
c
t
o
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
R
e
v
.

0
6
Distributed by:
HOUSING
P = plastic flat
M = metal cylindrical
OPTICS
A = axial
H = laser radial
L = laser axial
R = radial
S = lateral
CONNECTION
2 = cable
5 = M12 connector
OPTIC FUNCTION
refer to MODEL
ALPHABETICAL
INDEX
SETTING
0 = fixed
1 = trimmer
3 = teach-in
push-button
INPUTS / OUTPUTS
NN = NPN NO-NC outputs
PP = PNP NO-NC outputs
XG = no output - test input
VK = 0 - 10 Vdc output with
dir/inv sel. input
COAXIAL POLARISED RETROREFLEX FOR TRANSPARENTS
The high sensitivity and reduced
hysterisis of this retroreflex sensor
allow to detect even the slightest
at t enuat i on of the received light
emission, caused by the presence
of transparent objects, such as
glass or PET bottles or plastic film
sheets for packaging. The presence
of polarisation filters avoids false
switching on shiny surfaces and
the coaxial optics improves the
detection precision on the entire
operating range.
ACCESSORIES
(A.03) and Fixing Brackets (A.04) of the
General Catalogue
DIMENSIONS
Output status LED
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
A
B
C
D
CONNECTIONS
Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment.
Rotate clockwise to increase the operating distance.
12
T
A
C
C
D
S60-PA-5 S60-PA-2
B
A
BROWN
WHITE
BLACK
BLUE
NO OUTPUT
Vdc
NC OUTPUT
0V -
(BLUE)
(WHITE)
+ 10 ... 30 Vdc
(BROWN)
(BLACK)
NO OUTPUT
NC OUTPUT
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
270 trimmer
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
SELECTION TABLE
coaxial optics - 2 m cable
S60-PA-2-T51-NN 956201530 NPN
S60-PA-2-T51-PP 956201380 PNP
coaxial optics - M12 connector
S60-PA-5-T51-NN 956201250 NPN
S60-PA-5-T51-PP 956201100 PNP
summarised in the last pages of this catalogue
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance: 0 ... 2 m
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 40 mA
Spot dimension: aprox. 50 mm at 1.5 m
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material: ABS
Lens materiale: window in glass (tilted anti-reflection)
Weight:
90 g max.
40 g max.
1
3
4
5
6
7
2
S
6
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
T
5
1
-
N
N
S
6
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
T
5
1
-
P
P
S
6
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
T
5
1
-
N
N
S
6
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
T
5
1
-
P
P
0,5 0 1 1,5 2 (m)
R2 1,5
R5
1,4
TECHNICAL NOTES
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
1,7 2
1,7
R2
R5
R2
R5
2 m
5
Connector can be blocked on two positions
6
outputs
7
Internal lenses in glass
13
II3D
S2Z SERIES
The new S2Z Maxi series offers 4
models, with basic optic functions:
- through beam
- polarized retroreflex
- diffuse proximity
- background suppression
Versions with continuous and free-
vol tage Vac. Adj ustabl e timing
versions are also available.
SPDT relay and bipolar transistor
NPN/PNP open collector outputs
are also offered.
Termi nal bl ock connecti on
si mpl i f i es and speeds-up
i nstal l at i on. The heavy-duty
pl asti c housi ng guarant ees
excellent resistance in the most
severe working conditions.
HIGHLIGHTS
IP67 mechanical protection
Timing versions
Terminal block connection
Versions with continuous and
multi-voltage power supply
Anti-interference system
Shock-resistant housing ideal for
severe working conditions
CARATTERISTICHE
Conveyors
APPLICATIONS
www.automation.datalogic.com
S
E
N
S
O
R
S
SENSORS
MAXI SENSORS
Automotive industry
Automatic warehouses
CONNECTIONS
Receiver B/C model
Emitter C model
Emitter B model
Emitter M model
F/G model
DIMENSIONS
The M model presents a multi-
turn adjustment screw for the
adjustment of the background
suppression distance through a
mechanical variation of the optic
triangulation angle. The other
models have a mono-turn
electronic trimmer that adjusts
the sensitivity and the sensor
operating distance. The operating
distance increases, rotating the
screws in a clockwise direction.
The output activation and
deactivation delay time can be
adjusted by a trimmer that can
vary from 0.1 to 5 sec. and the
sensor functioning mode can be
selected thanks to a ten-position
selector.
mm
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
OUTPUT LED (yellow)
STABILITY LED (green)
Adjustment screw
(only M model)
Sensitivity trimmer
(B/C/F/G model)
Timing control
Operating mode selector
D
E
F
E
F
INDICATORS
SETTING
MULTI-VOLTAGE MODELS
CONTINUOUS MODELS
S2ZB/C/F/M S2ZG
S2ZB/C/F/M S2ZG
COMMON SPECIFICATIONS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M
Emission type: IR LED red LED IR LED
Operating distances (typical values): 50m 0.27m 1m 0.22m
Setting: Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer Multi-turn distance
adjustment screw
White/Black difference (90% / 4%) < 35%
Hysteresis on 90% white: 20% 15%
Indicators: OUTPUT LED (yellow) OUTPUT LED
STABILITY LED (green) (yellow)
Operating temperature: -2550C
Storage temperature: -4070C
Dielectric strength: 500Vac 1 min between electronics and housing
Insulating resistance: >20M 500 Vdc between electronics and housing
Ambient light rejection: according to EN 60947-5-2
Vibrations: 0.5mm width, 10 55Hz frequency, for each axis (EN60068-2-6)
Shock resistance: 11ms (30G) 6 shocks for each axis (EN60068-2-27)
Lens material: PC/PET PMMA PC/PET PMMA/PC
Mechanical protection: IP67 (IEC / EN60529) / NEMA TYPE 1 (For UL / c-UL)
Connections: Terminal block (recommended cable diameter between 8 and 10 mm)
MULTI-VOLTAGE MODELS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M
Power supply: 24240Vac / 12240Vdc
Ripple: 10% max
Consumption (output current excluded): 3VA max 3VA max
(G model)
3VA max
(F model)
Outputs: SPDT electromagnetic relay: 250Vac, 30Vdc
Output current: 3A (resistance load)
Response time: 20ms max
Switching frequency: 25Hz
Weight: 115g (G mod) 130g
130g (F mod)
CONTINUOUS MODELS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M
Power supply: 1224Vdc
Ripple: 10% max
Consumption (output current excluded): 20mA max 30mA max.
(G model)
25mA max
(F model)
Outputs: PNP and NPN open collector
Output current: 100 mA (resistance load)
Output saturation voltage: 2.4V max
110g (F mod)
TECHNICAL DATA
TIMING FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Four selectable timing functions: one shot, ON delay, OFF delay and normal mode. The
functions can be adjusted, using a trimmer, from 0.1 to 5 seconds.
The timing functions can be particularly useful in applications where the output signal pulse has
to be modified.
Through beam
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
m
cm
Diffuse proximity
mm
mm
Polarized retroreflex on R2 reflector
mm
mm
Background suppression
mm
%
6% black /
90% white
18% grey /
90% white
90% white
18% grey
Other models Through beam
20 0 40 60
80 (m)
70 50
2 0 4 6 8 10 (m)
S2Z-M
S2Z-B
2
S2Z-C 1
2.1
1.2
7 9
MODEL POWER SUPPLY DELAY OUTPUT N ORDER
S2Z-PA-1-B01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051000
S2Z-PA-5-B01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051020
S2Z-PA-1-M01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051040
S2Z-PA-5-M01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051060
S2Z-PA-1-C01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051080
S2Z-PA-5-C01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051100
S2Z-PA-1-FG01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051130
S2Z-PA-1-FG06-R Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051140
S2Z-PA-5-FG01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051160
The company endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason the technical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations
without prior notice. For correct installation and use, the company can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manual supplied with the products.
Printed in Italy in May 2009, Rev. 00
www.datasensor.com
C
O
N
T
R
A
S
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
The TL10 series is composed of analog contrast sensors with incandescent lamp
emission with long life and easy interchangeability.
The sensors present a mechanical multi-turn optic adjuster for the sensitivity
regulation, a switch for the dark/light operating mode selection and a red LED that
signals the NPN transistor output activation.
Different models are available with 8, 28 and 50 mm lenses.
TL10 SERIES
ANALOGUE SENSORS WITH LAMP EMISSION
Incandescent lamp emission
Optic adjustment of the sensitivity
8, 28 and 50 mm lenses available
Dark/light mode selector

The sensors of the TL10 series and relative accessories are available as spare parts.
Contrast sensors of the TL series are recommended for replacements, new
applications and improved performances.
4.5 Vac for lamp emission
Consumption: ............................................... 50 mA max.
Light emission: ............................................. 4.5 V (0,8 A) incandescent lamp
Spot dimension: ........................................... 5 x 1 mm (8 mm lens)
6 x 2.5 mm (28 mm lens)
8 x 2.5 mm (50 mm lens)
Operating distance: ...................................... 8 ... 12 mm (8 mm lens)
28 ... 36 mm (28 mm lens)
46 ... 54 mm (50 mm lens)
Depth of field: ............................................... 2 mm (8 mm lens)
4 mm (28 and 50 mm lenses)
Setting: .......................................................... mechanical multi-turn actuator
Output type: .................................................. NPN
Saturation voltage: ....................................... 1.4 V max.
Response time: ............................................. 50 s max.
Switching frequency: ................................... 10 KHz max.
Operating mode : .......................................... dark/light selectable
Connection: ...................................................3 m 5.5 mm cable
cable with Amphenol connector
Electrical protection: .................................... class 1
Housing material: ......................................... ZAMA
Lens material: ............................................... glass
Weight: .......................................................... 600 g max.
Fibre operating temperature: ...................... -30 ... +60C
Certifications: ...............................................
28 mm lens
8 mm lens
50 mm lens
CONNECTIONS
DIMENSIONS
CABLE VERSIONS
28 mm lens
50 mm lens
AMPHENOL CONNECTOR VERSIONS
mm
46
50

4
8
.
5
M
2
0
x
0
.
7
5

3
3
42
M
2
0
x
0
.
7
5
6
44
C
O
N
T
R
A
S
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
MODEL DESCRIPTION CODE N
010066 6V/6W lamp vertical spot (standard vers.) S2600030
010067 6V/6W lamp horizontal spot (90 vers.) S2610300
Please refer also to Sensor Accessories
MODEL OPTICS SPOT CONNECTION OUTPUT CODE N
TL10-011 8 mm vertical cable NPN S917660100
TL10-012 8 mm vertical Amphenol connector NPN S917660105
TL10-011L 8 mm horizontal cable NPN S917660102
ACCESSORY SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION
Distributed by:
P
r
i
n
t
e
d

i
n

I
t
a
l
y

i
n

J
u
l
y

2
0
0
5
R
e
v
.

0
2
HEADQUARTERS
DATASENSOR SpA
Tel. +39 051/6765611 Fax +39 051/6759324
C
O
N
T
R
A
S
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
Red or green selectable LED emission
Threshold setting with multi-turn trimmer
9, 18, 28 mm lenses and fibre-optics available
Selectable NPN/PNP output and dark/light mode

The TL80 series is composed of analog-based contast sensors with LED
emission, distinguished by good depth of field and high switching frequency
reaching 10 kHz.
Switching threshold setting is aided by two arrow indicators showing the multiturn
trimmers rotation direction; moreover switches for the selection of the red or
green emission, dark or light operating mode, NPN or PNP output and timing
function are also present.
Accessory lenses for different operating distances and various proximity and
through beam fibre-optics extend the application possibilities. The sturdy metal
housing guarantees IP67 protection.
TL80 SERIES
ANALOG SENSORS WITH LED EMISSION
Light emission: ............................................. red 630 nm / green 526 nm LED
Spot dimension: ........................................... 1.5 x 5 mm (9 mm lens)
2 x 7 mm (18 mm lens)
16 ... 20 mm (18 mm lens)
25 ... 31 mm (28 mm lens)
Operating distance with fibre-optics: ......... 0 ... 5 mm proximity
0 ... 15 mm through beam
Depth of field: ............................................... 2 mm (9 and 18 mm lenses)
3 mm (28 mm lens)
Setting: .......................................................... multi-turn trimmer
red LEDs for trimmer rotation direction
Output type: .................................................. NPN or PNP, Rpull-down/up 10 k
Saturation voltage: ....................................... 1.2 V max. (NPN vers.)
2.2 V max. (PNP vers.)
Output current: ............................................. 200 mA max.; short-circuit protection
Response time: ............................................. 50 s (8, 18 mm, fibre-optic vers.)
166 s (28 mm vers.)
Switching frequency: ................................... 10 KHz max. (8, 18 mm, fibre-optic vers.)
3.3 KHz max. (28 mm vers.)
Analog output range: ................................... 0 ... 5.5 Vdc (2 Vdc on white 90%)
2.2 k output resistance
Timing function: ........................................... 20 ms minimum output ON
Connection: ...................................................M12 4-pole conn., 3 m 5 mm cable
or cable with Amphenol connector
Fibre-optic material: ..................................... fibre in glass / sheath in metal
fibre in PMMA / sheath in PE (OF-30)
Weight: .......................................................... 550 g max.
Operating temerature: .................................. -10 ... +55C
Fibre operating temperature: ...................... -30 ... +150C (glass OF vers.)
-30 ... +60C (OF-30)
Certifications: ...............................................
18 mm lens
9 mm lens
28 mm lens
Proximity fibre-optics
Through beam fibre-optics
mm
mm
%
mm
mm
mm
%
%
%
%
CONNECTIONS
DIMENSIONS
mm
M12 CONNECTOR
OF-35
OPTIC FIBRES
OF-30
OF-31
OF-32
OF-33
OF-34
2.5
12.5 12.5
27.5
500
35

3
M
4
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
35
8
2.5 M
6
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
35
8
3
1
M
6
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
35
8
1.6
M
6
12.5
+0
-0.1
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
1000
35
35
1
8
8
3
3
1
3
.
4
M5x5 n8
21
30
8
7
4
1
.
5
2
8
3
6
.
5
62.5
58.5
5
25
25
33
24
15.5
4
7
4
4
.
5
7
5
2
8
C
O
N
T
R
A
S
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
OF-30-5 plastic fibre-optic L 50 cm - point-shaped spot proximity 96B001070
OF-31-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - point-shaped spot proximity 96B201000
OF-32-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - rectangular spot proximity 96B211000
OF-33-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - through beam 96B221000
OF-34-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - horizontal spot 90 proximity 96B231000
OF-35-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - vertical spot 90 proximity 96B241000
MODEL SPOT OPTICS CONNECTION CODE N
TL80-011 vertical 9 mm cable 964051000
TL80-011L horizontal 9 mm cable 964051010
TL80-012 vertical 9 mm Amphenol connector 964051020
TL80-012L horizontal 9 mm Amphenol connector 964051030
TL80-015 vertical 9 mm M12 connector 964051040
TL80-015L horizontal 9 mm M12 connector 964051050
TL80F-041 refer to fibers optic fibre cable 964051120
TL80F-042 refer to fibers optic fibre Amphenol connector 964051130
TL80F-045 refer to fibers optic fibre M12 connector 964051140
Distributed by:
P
r
i
n
t
e
d

i
n

I
t
a
l
y

i
n

J
u
l
y

2
0
0
5
R
e
v
.

0
4
HEADQUARTERS
DATASENSOR SpA
Tel. +39 051/6765611 Fax +39 051/6759324
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L
M
A
X
I

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
Sensitivity adjustment and Stability LED
Free voltage power supply and relay output
10-30 Vdc power supply with NPN and PNP outputs
Versions with 5 timing functions

The photoelectric sensors of the S2 series are enclosed in sturdy plastic housings,
developed to guarantee the complete protection of the control panel and
connection terminals.
The free voltage versions present a relay output, while the 10-30 Vdc versions
have a double NPN and PNP output, both available with 1 or 2 m proximity, 5 m
polarised retroreflex, 3 m polarised retroreflex and 10 or 50 m through beam optic
functions.
The red output LED and the green stability LED are visible through the IP66
hermetically-sealed cover, that also protects the terminal block and commands,
such as the sensitivity adjustment trimmer and dark/light operating mode selector.
The versions with output timing present a trimmer to regulate the time up to 16 s.
and a selector to set 5 different functions.
S2 SERIES
MULTI-FUNCTION SENSORS
15 ... 264 Vac/Vdc
Consumption: ............................................... 30 mA max. (d.c. vers.)
3 VA max. (a.c. vers.)
Light emission: ............................................. infrared LED 880 nm
red LED 660 nm (B vers.)
Diffuse proximity operating distance: ........ 1 ... 90 cm (C90 vers.)
1 ... 200 cm (C200 vers.)
Retroreflex operating distance: .................. 0.1 ... 5 m (on R2)
Polarised retroreflex operating distance: .. 0.15 ... 3 m (on R2)
Through beam operating distance: ............ 0 ... 10 m (G10/F10 vers.)
0 ... 50 m (G50/F50 vers.)
Setting: .......................................................... sensitivity trimmer
green STABILITY LED
Output type: .................................................. NPN and PNP, open collector (d.c. vers.)
or relay 1 NO contact (a.c. vers.)
relay 1 A (250 Vac), resistive load
Response time: ............................................. 1 ms max. (d.c. vers.)
20 ms max. (a.c. vers.)
Switching frequency: ................................... 500 Hz max. (d.c. vers.)
25 Hz max. (a.c. vers.)
Timing function: ........................................... normal, ON-delay, OFF-delay, ON/OFF-
delay, one-shot all adjustable from 0.6
to 16 sec.
Connection: ...................................................terminal block with 4 screw terminals
gland for cables with 8 to 10 mm diameter
Electrical protection: ................................... class 1 (a.c. vers.)
class 2 (d.c. vers.)
Housing material: ......................................... PBT plastic
Lens material: ............................................... PMMA plastic
Weight: .......................................................... 100 g max.
Certifications: ...............................................
S2-x-C200-x
S2-x-C90-x
S2-x-B3-x
S2-x-F10/G10
S2-x-F50/G50
White R90%
Grey R18%
White R90%
R5
R2
Grey R18%
S2-x-A5-x
R5
R2
CONNECTIONS
DIMENSIONS
S2-5-A/B/C/F S2-5-G
S2-1-A/B/C/F S2-1-G
mm
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L
M
A
X
I

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
VERSIONS WITH 15 ... 264 Vac/Vdc POWER SUPPLY
S2-1-A5 retroreflex relay J950330390
S2-1-A5T retroreflex relay with timer J950335390
S2-1-B3 polarised retroreflex relay J950320390
S2-1-B3T polarised retroreflex relay with timer J950325390
S2-1-G10 emitter - J950139990
S2-1-G50 emitter - J950139995
VERSIONS WITH 10 ... 30 Vdc POWER SUPPLY
S2-5-A5 retroreflex NPN/PNP J950330000
S2-5-A5T retroreflex NPN/PNP with timer J950335000
S2-5-B3 polarised retroreflex NPN/PNP J950320000
S2-5-B3T polarised retroreflex NPN/PNP with timer J950325000
S2-5-G10 emitter - J950139900
S2-5-G50 emitter - J950139905
Distributed by:
P
r
i
n
t
e
d

i
n

I
t
a
l
y

i
n

J
u
l
y

2
0
0
5
R
e
v
.

0
2
HEADQUARTERS
DATASENSOR SpA
Tel. +39 051/6765611 Fax +39 051/6759324
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L
T
U
B
U
L
A
R

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
Complete range of optic functions, universal, application

and laser class 1
Flat plastic tubular housing for improved versatility or

metal cylindrical housing
Versions with axial or radial optics, with fixed, trimmer or

EASYtouch teach-in adjustment
Cable or M12 connection with EN standard NPN or PNP

NO-NC configuration
The S50 series offers all optical functions within a M18 housing.
With the universal sensing functions of proximity, polarised retroreflex and through
beam, which are also available with class 1 laser emission, as well as the more
advanced functions of background suppression, background/foreground
suppression, analogue displacement, contrast and luminescence, the S50 really is
one housing for all applications.
The S50 setting is carried out-by either by potentiometer, which is sealed to IP67,
or using the patented EASYtouch push-button teach system, which gives rapid
and precise automatic setting of the switching points.
The S50 series is available both in flat plastic format ideal for M18 nut or screw
mounting through the sensor body, as well as a cylindrical metal housing. Axial or
radial optics are available in both housings with integral cable or M12 connection
conforming to EN 60947-5-2, the European wiring standard. The performance,
versatility and extensive optical sensing options, positions the S50 series as the
new bench mark for customers focused on the evolution of technology and
development of standards.
S50 SERIES
M18 MULTIFUNCTION OPTOELECTRONIC
SENSORS
one for all
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
OUTPUT stat us and
stability LEDs (receiver);
(receiver)
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
B
B
F
F
D
C C
C C
E
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
EMITTER
RECEIVER
B
EMITTER
S50-PA/PR-5 S50-PA/PR-2
RECEIVER
RADIAL OPTICS
2
A
interrogation.
G/F
mm
S50-PA-2-F01-NN 952001660 NPN
S50-PA-2-F01-PP 952001150 PNP
S50-PA-2-G00-XG 952001190
S50-PR-2-F01-NN 952001820 NPN
S50-PR-2-F01-PP 952001170 PNP
S50-PR-2-G00-XG 952001210
S50-PA-5-F01-NN 952001550 NPN
S50-PA-5-F01-PP 952001160 PNP
S50-PA-5-G00-XG 952001200
S50-PR-5-F01-NN 952001760 NPN
S50-PR-5-F01-PP 952001180 PNP
S50-PR-5-G00-XG 952001220
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
5
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption:
emitter 35 mA
receiver 30 mA
Spot dimension:
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
green POWER ON LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Response time: 2 ms
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
1
3
4
5
6
7
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
6
1
Limit values
7
receiver outputs
3
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA/PR 30 m
II3D
0 15 30 (m)
axial
radial 20
30
25
axial
axial
radial
radial
25
interrogation.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
D E
EMITTER
RECEIVER
S50-MA/MR-5 S50-MA/MR-2
B B
RADIAL OPTICS
4
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITYLEDs (receiver);
(receiver)
Cable output
Fixing nuts
A
B
C
D
E
CONNECTIONS
C C
C C
B
A
EMITTER
RECEIVER
G/F
mm
5
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL NOTES
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption:
emitter 35 mA
receiver 30 mA
Spot dimension:
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
green POWER ON LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Response time: 2 ms
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
110 g max.
60 g max.
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
1
3
4
5
7
6
2
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
5
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
6
1
Limit values
7
receiver outputs
SELECTION TABLE
S50-MA-2-F01-NN 952021700 NPN
S50-MA-2-F01-PP 952021250 PNP
S50-MA-2-G00-XG 952021060
S50-MR-2-F01-NN 952021640 NPN
S50-MR-2-F01-PP 952021170 PNP
S50-MR-2-G00-XG 952021180
S50-MA-5-F01-NN 952021700 NPN
S50-MA-5-F01-PP 952021250 PNP
S50-MA-5-G00-XG 952021260
S50-MR-5-F01-NN 952021800 NPN
S50-MR-5-F01-PP 952021370 PNP
S50-MR-5-G00-XG 952021380
S50-MA/MR 30 m
II3D
0 15 30 (m)
axial
radial 20
30
25
axial
axial
radial
radial
25
NOT USED
TEST +
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
OUTPUT stat us and
power on LEDs
(receiver)
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
B
B
F
F
D
C C
C C
E
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
EMITTER
RECEIVER
B
EMITTER
S50-PL/PH-5 S50-PL/PH-2
RECEIVER
RADIAL OPTICS
6
A
notably increased thanks to the
use of visible red laser emission.
The laser beam can be easily
aligned and offers excellent
detection resolution of even small
mm
7
S50-PL/PH 60 m
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption:
emitter 35 mA
receiver 30 mA
Light emission:
red Laser 650 nm
class 1 EN 60825-1
Resolution:
approx. 2.5 mm at 5 m
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green POWER ON LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10
1
3
4
5
6
7
2
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
connected to 0V
5
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PL-2-G00-XG 952001420
S50-PL-2-F01-NN 952001890 NPN
S50-PL-2-F01-PP 952001400 PNP
S50-PH-2-G00-XG 952002060
S50-PH-2-F01-NN 952002030 NPN
S50-PH-2-F01-PP 952002020 PNP
S50-PL-5-G00-XG 952001430
S50-PL-5-F01-NN 952001860 NPN
S50-PL-5-F01-PP 952001410 PNP
S50-PH-5-G00-XG 952002070
S50-PH-5-F01-NN 952002050 NPN
S50-PH-5-F01-PP 952002040 PNP
6
7
receiver outputs
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
0 15 30 45 60 (m)
Operating distance
60
50
radial
axial
emission.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
OUTPUT stat us and
power on LEDs
(receiver)
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
notably increased thanks to the use
of visible red laser emission. The
laser beam can be easily aligned
and offers excellent detection
resolution of even small objects.
The class 1 laser emission
S50-ML/MH-5 S50-ML/MH-2
EMITTER
8
A
NOT USED
TEST +
RECEIVER
RADIAL OPTICS
D E
EMITTER
RECEIVER
B B
C C
C C
mm
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption:
emitter 35 mA
receiver 30 mA
Light emission:
red Laser 650 nm
class 1 EN 60825-1
Resolution: approx. 2.5 mm at 5 m
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green POWER ON LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10
1
3
4
5
6
7
2
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
connected to 0V
6
7
receiver outputs
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
0 15 30 45 60 (m)
Operating distance
60
50
radial
axial
9
S50-ML/MH 60 m
TECHNICAL DATA
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
G
0
0
-
X
G
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
F
0
1
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
S50-ML-2-G00-XG 952021430
S50-ML-2-F01-NN 952021840 NPN
S50-ML-2-F01-PP 952021420 PNP
S50-MH-2-G00-XG 952022060
S50-MH-2-F01-NN 952022030 NPN
S50-MH-2-F01-PP 952022020 PNP
S50-ML-5-G00-XG 952021470
S50-ML-5-F01-NN 952021870 NPN
S50-ML-5-F01-PP 952021460 PNP
S50-MH-5-G00-XG 952022070
S50-MH-5-F01-NN 952022050 NPN
S50-MH-5-F01-PP 952022040 PNP
emission.
5
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
RETROREFLEX WITH INFRARED EMISSION
prismatic reflector. This retroreflex
system, created between the
sensor and the reflector, offers the
advantage of electrically
connecting one single unit instead
of two, as in the emitter-receiver
system.
ACCESSORIES
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT status LED
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
D E
F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
C
10
C
A
A
A
mm
5 (m)
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
11
S50-PA 5 m S50-MA
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
5
the outputs
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance: 0.1 ... 5 m
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension: approx. 100 mm at 2 m
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
A
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
A
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
A
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
A
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
A
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
A
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
A
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
A
0
0
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-A00-NN 952002090 NPN
S50-PA-2-A00-PP 952002080 PNP
S50-MA-2-A00-NN 952022090 NPN
S50-MA-2-A00-PP 952022080 PNP
S50-PA-5-A00-NN 952002110 NPN
S50-PA-5-A00-PP 952002100 PNP
S50-MA-5-A00-NN 952022110 NPN
S50-MA-5-A00-PP 952022100 PNP
R2
R5
R2 R5
1 0.1 2 3 4
Operating distance
axial on R5 5
axial on R2 4
POLARISED RETROREFLEX WITH RED EMISSION
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
General Catalogue.
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
B
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
RADIAL OPTICS
12
D E
F B F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
B
C
C C
C
B
B
A
A
prismatic reflector. High-
polarisation optic filters also allow
reliable detection of very reflective
objects, such as mirrored surfaces
that, differently from the prismatic
reflector, reflect the light beam
without rotating the polarisation
plane.
B
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
5
6
the outputs
1 0.1 2 3 4 5 (m)
axial on R2 3.5
4.5
4
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension:
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
5
6
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-B01-NN 952001610 NPN
S50-PA-2-B01-PP 952001010 PNP
S50-MA-2-B01-NN 952021500 NPN
S50-MA-2-B01-PP 952021000 PNP
S50-PA-5-B01-NN 952001500 NPN
S50-PA-5-B01-PP 952001020 PNP
S50-MA-5-B01-NN 952021660 NPN
S50-MA-5-B01-PP 952021200 PNP
S50-PR-2-B01-NN 952001780 NPN
S50-PR-2-B01-PP 952001030 PNP
S50-MR-2-B01-NN 952021600 NPN
S50-MR-2-B01-PP 952021140 PNP
S50-PR-5-B01-NN 952001720 NPN
S50-PR-5-B01-PP 952001040 PNP
S50-MR-5-B01-NN 952021760 NPN
S50-MR-5-B01-PP 952021340 PNP
radial on R5
radial on R2
2.5
2
3
2.5
axial on R5 4
Excess gain - radial Detection area - radial
13
R2
R2
General Catalogue.
R5
R2
R5
R5
R5
R2
3 m S50-PA/PR S50-MA/MR 4.5 m
D E
F B F
B
C
C C
C
B
B
LASER RETROREFLEX WITH RED EMISSION
increases the operating distance
and resolution of the polarised
retroreflex sensor. Specific R7 or
R8 reflectors with 0.8 mm micro-
prisms are available for high-
resolution detection of small
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
General Catalogue.
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
PLASTIC HOUSING
B
B
14
METAL HOUSING
A
A
L-B
RADIAL OPTICS
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PL-2-B01-NN 952001870 NPN
S50-PL-2-B01-PP 952001360 PNP
S50-PH-2-B01-NN 952001950 NPN
S50-PH-2-B01-PP 952001940 PNP
S50-ML-2-B01-NN 952021820 NPN
S50-ML-2-B01-PP 952021400 PNP
S50-MH-2-B01-NN 952021950 NPN
S50-MH-2-B01-PP 952021940 PNP
plastic -axial optics - M12 connector
S50-PL-5-B01-NN 952001840 NPN
S50-PL-5-B01-PP 952001370 PNP
plastic -radial optics - M12 connector
S50-PH-5-B01-NN 952001970 NPN
S50-PH-5-B01-PP 952001960 PNP
S50-ML-5-B01-NN 952021850 NPN
S50-ML-5-B01-PP 952021440 PNP
S50-MH-5-B01-NN 952021970 NPN
S50-MH-5-B01-PP 952021960 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
axial optics 0.1 ... 16 m
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Light emission:
red Laser 650 nm
class 1 EN 60825-1
Resolution:
2 mm max. at 3 m (on R7)
5 mm max. over 7 m (on R2)
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10
1
3
4
6
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
B
0
1
-
P
P
5
6
the outputs
15
General Catalogue.
S50-PH/PL S50-MH/ML 16 m
8 12 16 (m)
axial on R7 11
Operating distance
radial on R2
radial on R7
9
axial on R2 16
Resolution on R7 reflector - axial Detection area - axial
Detection area - radial Resolution on R7 reflector - radial
R7
R2
R7
R2
emission.
6
RETROREFLEX FOR TRANSPARENTS WITH RED EMISSION
With high sensitivity and reduced
hysteresis this retroreflex sensor
allows the detection of even a
small variation of the light
emission received by the sensor,
typically created by the presence
of transparent objects such as
glass or PET containers or plastic
film sheets for packaging. The
presence of polarising filters
avoids false switching on shiny
surfaces.
ACCESSORIES
General Catalogue.
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT status LED
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
D E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
B
B
B
B
B
F
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
C
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
16
C C
C
A
A
RADIAL OPTICS
T
mm
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-T01-NN 952001690 NPN
S50-PA-2-T01-PP 952001260 PNP
S50-MA-2-T01-NN 952021570 NPN
S50-MA-2-T01-PP 952021090 PNP
S50-PA-5-T01-NN 952001580 NPN
S50-PA-5-T01-PP 952001270 PNP
S50-MA-5-T01-NN 952021730 NPN
S50-MA-5-T01-PP 952021290 PNP
S50-PR-2-T01-NN 952001830 NPN
S50-PR-2-T01-PP 952001280 PNP
S50-MR-2-T01-NN 952021650 NPN
S50-MR-2-T01-PP 952021190 PNP
S50-PR-5-T01-NN 952001770 NPN
S50-PR-5-T01-PP 952001290 PNP
S50-MR-5-T01-NN 952021810 NPN
S50-MR-5-T01-PP 952021390 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
radial optics 0.1 ... 1.7 m
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension:
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
5
6
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
T
0
1
-
P
P
5
6
the outputs
0.5 0.1 1 1.5 2 (m)
axial on R2 1
1.7
radial on R5
radial on R2 1
axial on R5
1.4
TECHNICAL NOTES
17
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
1.4 1.7
1.3
1.3
R2
R5
R2
R5
S50-PA/PR 1.7 m S50-MA/MR
General Catalogue
SHORT DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION
This diffuse proximity sensor
represents a reliable, simple and
cost-effective solution for the
direct detection of any object
inside the fixed operating distance.
I ts parti cul arl y compact
dimensions permit the installation
in very small spaces.
ACCESSORIES
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT status LED
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
D E
F F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
C
C
C
18
C
A
A
RADIAL OPTICS
C
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-C10-NN 952001630 NPN
S50-PA-2-C10-PP 952001240 PNP
S50-MA-2-C10-NN 952021520 NPN
S50-MA-2-C10-PP 952021020 PNP
S50-PA-5-C10-NN 952001520 NPN
S50-PA-5-C10-PP 952001250 PNP
S50-MA-5-C10-NN 952021680 NPN
S50-MA-5-C10-PP 952021220 PNP
S50-PR-2-C10-NN 952001800 NPN
S50-PR-2-C10-PP 952001490 PNP
S50-MR-2-C10-NN 952021620 NPN
S50-MR-2-C10-PP 952021490 PNP
S50-PR-5-C10-NN 952001740 NPN
S50-PR-5-C10-PP 952001480 PNP
S50-MR-5-C10-NN 952021780 NPN
S50-MR-5-C10-PP 952021480 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension:
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
5
4
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
C
1
0
-
P
P
0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 (cm)
axial
radial
10
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
TECHNICAL NOTES
8
19
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
mm
cm
mm
cm
cm
cm
11
9
DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION
sensor has a detection distance
that can be set using the
ACCESSORIES
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
B
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
20
D E
F B
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
B
C
C
A
A
C
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL DATA
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
6
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
2
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
2
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
2
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
2
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
2
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
2
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
2
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
2
1
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-C21-NN 952002170 NPN
S50-PA-2-C21-PP 952002160 PNP
S50-MA-2-C21-NN 952022130 NPN
S50-MA-2-C21-PP 952022120 PNP
S50-PA-5-C21-NN 952002190 NPN
S50-PA-5-C21-PP 952002180 PNP
S50-MA-5-C21-NN 952022150 NPN
S50-MA-5-C21-PP 952022140 PNP
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
5
1
Limit values
6
the outputs
TECHNICAL NOTES
21
S50-PA 40 cm S50-MA
0 10 20 30 40 (cm)
40
35
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
LONG DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION
sensor offers the maximum
operating distance for the direct
detection of objects. The detection
distance can be set using the
ACCESSORIES
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
B
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
22
D E
F B F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
B
C C
C C
B
B
A
A
RADIAL OPTICS
C
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension:
axial optics approx.200 mm at 60 cm
radial optics approx.35 mm at 40 cm
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
6
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-C01-NN 952001620 NPN
S50-PA-2-C01-PP 952001050 PNP
S50-MA-2-C01-NN 952021510 NPN
S50-MA-2-C01-PP 952021010 PNP
S50-PA-5-C01-NN 952001510 NPN
S50-PA-5-C01-PP 952001060 PNP
S50-MA-5-C01-NN 952021670 NPN
S50-MA-5-C01-PP 952021210 PNP
S50-PR-2-C01-NN 952001790 NPN
S50-PR-2-C01-PP 952001070 PNP
S50-MR-2-C01-NN 952021610 NPN
S50-MR-2-C01-PP 952021150 PNP
S50-PR-5-C01-NN 952001730 NPN
S50-PR-5-C01-PP 952001080 PNP
S50-MR-5-C01-NN 952021770 NPN
S50-MR-5-C01-PP 952021350 PNP
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
5
1
Limit values
6
the outputs
TECHNICAL NOTES
0 15 30 45 60 (cm)
axial
radial
35
60 70
40
23
Grey 18%
White 90%
White 90%
White 90%
Grey 18%
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
mm
cm
mm
cm
cm
cm
FIXED FOCUS PROXIMITY WITH RED EMISSION
ACCESSORIES
The fixed focus proximity sensor
offers a simple fixed background
suppression distance beyond
which no object is detected. The
fixed triangulation of the optics
greatly reduces the detection
distance of reflective objects. The
visible red emission facilitates
sensor installation.
DIMENSIONS
OUTPUT status LED
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
24
D E
F F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
C C
C C
A
A
RADIAL OPTICS
D
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-D00-NN 952001640 NPN
S50-PA-2-D00-PP 952001090 PNP
S50-MA-2-D00-NN 952021530 NPN
S50-MA-2-D00-PP 952021030 PNP
S50-PA-5-D00-NN 952001530 NPN
S50-PA-5-D00-PP 952001100 PNP
S50-MA-5-D00-NN 952021690 NPN
S50-MA-5-D00-PP 952021230 PNP
S50-PR-2-D00-NN 952001810 NPN
S50-PR-2-D00-PP 952001110 PNP
S50-MR-2-D00-NN 952021630 NPN
S50-MR-2-D00-PP 952021160 PNP
S50-PR-5-D00-NN 952001750 NPN
S50-PR-5-D00-PP 952001120 PNP
S50-MR-5-D00-NN 952021790 NPN
S50-MR-5-D00-PP 952021360 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
axial optics 0.5 ... 10 cm
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Spot dimension:
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
5
4
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
R
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
2
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
R
-
5
-
D
0
0
-
P
P
0 2.5 5 7.5 10 (cm)
Operating distance
axial
radial
10
8
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
TECHNICAL NOTES
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
Detection - radial
mm
cm
mm
cm
cm
cm
25
D E
B F
B
C C
C C
B
B
LASER PROXIMITY WITH RED EMISSION
allows the accurate detection of
very small objects. The sensors
operate as a proximity device up to
35 cm and can be used as a
contrast sensor for high contrast
mark detection. The class 1 laser
emission guarantees maximum
safety for the operators in all
applications.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
B
C
D
E
F
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
B
26
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
A
A
L-C
RADIAL OPTICS
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PL-2-C01-NN 952001880 NPN
S50-PL-2-C01-PP 952001380 PNP
S50-PH-2-C01-NN 952001990 NPN
S50-PH-2-C01-PP 952001980 PNP
S50-ML-2-C01-NN 952021830 NPN
S50-ML-2-C01-PP 952021410 PNP
S50-MH-2-C01-NN 952021990 NPN
S50-MH-2-C01-PP 952021980 PNP
S50-PL-5-C01-NN 952001850 NPN
S50-PL-5-C01-PP 952001390 PNP
S50-PH-5-C01-NN 952002010 NPN
S50-PH-5-C01-PP 952002000 PNP
S50-ML-5-C01-NN 952021860 NPN
S50-ML-5-C01-PP 952021450 PNP
S50-MH-5-C01-NN 952022010 NPN
S50-MH-5-C01-PP 952022000 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Light emission:
red Laser 650 nm
class 1 EN 60825-1
Resolution: approx. 0.3 mm at 5 cm
approx. 2 mm at 30 cm
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10
1
3
4
6
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
L
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
H
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
2
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
L
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
H
-
5
-
C
0
1
-
P
P
5
6
the outputs
0 10 20 40 (cm)
Operating distance
25
35
S50-PH/PL S50-MH/ML 35 cm
27
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
radial
axial
emission.
AXIAL BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
OUTPUT stat us and
READY/ ERROR LEDs
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
A
B
B
CONNECTIONS
TM
setting
C
C
D E
F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
B
B
28
A
M
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
TECHNICAL DATA
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 30 mA
TM
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Response time: 1 ms
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
5
4
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-M03-NN 952001670 NPN
S50-PA-2-M03-PP 952001230 PNP
S50-MA-2-M03-NN 952021550 NPN
S50-MA-2-M03-PP 952021070 PNP
S50-PA-5-M03-NN 952001560 NPN
S50-PA-5-M03-PP 952001000 PNP
S50-MA-5-M03-NN 952021710 NPN
S50-MA-5-M03-PP 952021270 PNP
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
0 2 4 6 8
Operating distance
10
10 (cm)
fine acquisition
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
%

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

o
b
j
e
c
t

d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
%

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

o
b
j
e
c
t

d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
S50-PA S50-MA 10 cm
29
RADIAL BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
D
B
C F
B
C
E
CONNECTIONS
TM
setting
button, in presence of the reference
to detect.
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
30
OUTPUT stat us and
READY/ ERROR LEDs
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
B
A
M
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
TECHNICAL DATA
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 30 mA
TM
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Response time: 1 ms
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT / PVC
nickel plated brass
Lens material: glass
Weight:
90 g max.
40 g max.
125 g max.
75 g max.
1
3
4
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
S
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
S
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
S
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
S
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
S
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
S
-
2
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
S
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
S
-
5
-
M
0
3
-
P
P
SELECTION TABLE
plastic - 2 m cable
S50-PS-2-M03-NN 952001900 NPN
S50-PS-2-M03-PP 952001910 PNP
metal - 2 m cable
S50-MS-2-M03-NN 952021900 NPN
S50-MS-2-M03-PP 952021910 PNP
plastic - M12 connector
S50-PS-5-M03-NN 952001920 NPN
S50-PS-5-M03-PP 952001930 PNP
metal - M12 connector
S50-MS-5-M03-NN 952021920 NPN
S50-MS-5-M03-PP 952021930 PNP
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
0 2 4 6 8
Operating distance
10
10 (cm)
fine acquisition
Grey 18%
White 90%
Grey 18%
White 90%
%

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

o
b
j
e
c
t

d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
%

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

o
b
j
e
c
t

d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
S50-PS 10 cm S50-MS
31
FORE-BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION
The fore-background suppression
proximity allows to precisely
adjust the minimum and maximum
det ect i on di st ance. The
EASYtouch
TM
setting procedure
fixes automatically the best
detection conditions, simply
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
32
C
C
B
D E
F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
B
OUTPUT stat us and
READY/ ERROR LEDs
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
B
A
N
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-N03-NN 952001680 NPN
S50-PA-2-N03-PP 952001440 PNP
S50-MA-2-N03-NN 952021560 NPN
S50-MA-2-N03-PP 952021080 PNP
S50-PA-5-N03-NN 952001570 NPN
S50-PA-5-N03-PP 952001450 PNP
S50-MA-5-N03-NN 952021720 NPN
S50-MA-5-N03-PP 952021280 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 30 mA
TM
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Response time: 2 ms
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
5
4
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
N
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
N
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
N
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
N
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
N
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
N
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
N
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
N
0
3
-
P
P
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
0 2 4 6 8 10 (cm)
Operating distance
10
Detection hysteresis with
B
a
c
k
g
ro
u
n
d
s
u
p
p
re
s
s
io
n
a
re
a
D
e
te
c
tio
n
a
re
a
Foreground suppression area
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 (cm)
Distance
D
i
s
t
a
n
c
e

10
6
4
2
0
8
(cm)
12
Note: in the fine acquisition mode, the foreground suppression distance
is nearer to the point where the object has been acquired
S50-PA S50-MA 10 cm
33
FIBRE-OPTIC AMPLIFIER WITH RED EMISSION
The amplifier is built to accept any
standard 2.2 mm fibre-optic
which can be for either diffused or
through beam operation. A locking
ring when tightened holds the
fibres firmly in position. The
sensitivity is adjusted by an IP67
rated trimmer. The proximity or
through beam fibres are mainly
used in applications where space is
of a premium and for detection of
small objects. Special fibres are
also available for high temperature
and high wear applications. For
further information on the
extensive range of fibre-optic
accessories please see the OF
datasheet.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
General Catalogue.
OUTPUT stat us and
STABILITY LEDs
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
Fibre fixing nut
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
D
C
E
F
CONNECTIONS
B
B
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
PLASTIC HOUSING
34
C
B
METAL HOUSING
H
H
B
A
A
E
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-E01-NN 952001650 NPN
S50-PA-2-E01-PP 952001130 PNP
S50-MA-2-E01-NN 952021880 NPN
S50-MA-2-E01-PP 952021040 PNP
S50-PA-5-E01-NN 952001540 NPN
S50-PA-5-E01-PP 952001140 PNP
S50-MA-5-E01-NN 952021890 NPN
S50-MA-5-E01-PP 952021240 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance:
proximity 3 cm (OF-42-ST-20 standard fibres)
through beam 10 cm (OF-43-ST-20 standard fibres)
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 35 mA
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
green STABILITY
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Fibre fixing nut material: ABS
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
3
4
6
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
E
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
E
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
E
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
E
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
E
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
E
0
1
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
E
0
1
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
E
0
1
-
P
P
2
A
= +25 C
3
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
5
1
Limit values
6
the outputs
0 2.5 5 7.5 10 (cm)
Operating distance with standard fibres
Proximty
Through beam
3
10
* standard fibre-optics
Standard fibre-optics:
OF-42-ST-20 proximity
OF-43-ST-20 through beam
High efficiency fibre-optics or accessory
lenses can be used to obtain larger
operating distances. Refer to Fibre-
opti cs (A. 02) of t he General
Catalogue.
Detection area - proximity * Excess gain - proximity *
Excess gain - through beam * Detection area - through beam *
Grey 18%
White 90%
White 90%
Grey 18%
S50-PA S50-MA
3/10 cm
35
CONTRAST SENSOR WITH WHITE EMISSION
The white light LED emission is
designed for the detection of a
large number of coloured or grey-
scale contrasts, in order to detect
print registration marks or similar.
The EASYt ouch
TM
set t i ng
procedures automatically selects
the best detection conditions,
simply by pressing the teach-in
push-button once, in the presence
of a reference mark. By pressing
the teach-in push-button and
holding it down until the green
light on the rear of the sensor
flashes, in the presence of the
reference mark and then pressing
the button again in the presence of
the contrast you wish to ignore, a
obtained.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
General Catalogue.
OUTPUT stat us and
READY/ ERROR LEDs
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
CONNECTIONS
A
A
B
B
36
C
B
B
C
D E
F
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
W
mm
TECHNICAL DATA
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
SELECTION TABLE
Operating distance: 10 mm
Depth of field (max.): 2 mm
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 25 mA
Light emission: white LED 400 - 700 nm
Spot dimension: approx. 4.5 mm at 10 mm
TM
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Operating mode:
dark with EASYtouch
TM
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
W
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
W
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
W
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
W
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
W
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
W
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
W
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
W
0
3
-
P
P
S50-PA-2-W03-NN 952001710 NPN
S50-PA-2-W03-PP 952001320 PNP
S50-MA-2-W03-NN 952021590 NPN
S50-MA-2-W03-PP 952021110 PNP
S50-PA-5-W03-NN 952001600 NPN
S50-PA-5-W03-PP 952001330 PNP
S50-MA-5-W03-NN 952021750 NPN
S50-MA-5-W03-PP 952021310 PNP
TECHNICAL NOTES
1
3
5
4
2
R
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

s
e
n
s
i
t
i
v
i
t
y
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
0 4 8 12 (mm)
Operating distance
12
S50-PA
S50-MA 10 mm
37
LUMINESCENCE SENSOR WITH UV EMISSION
The UV light LED emission detects
any luminescent reference, even
on very reflective surfaces, such as
ceramics, metal or mirrored glass.
The EASYt ouch
TM
set t i ng
procedures fixes automatically the
by pressing the teach-in push-
button once, with the luminescent
object present. By pressing the
teach-in push-button and holding it
down until the green light on the
rear of the sensor flashes, with the
luminescent object present and
then pressing the button again in
the presence of a luminescent
reference you wish to ignore, a
obtained.
DIMENSIONS
General Catalogue.
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
CONNECTIONS
38
C
B
B
D E
F
C
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
OUTPUT stat us and
READY/ ERROR LEDs
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
A
B
B
ACCESSORIES
U
mm
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-U03-NN 952001700 NPN
S50-PA-2-U03-PP 952001300 PNP
S50-MA-2-U03-NN 952021580 NPN
S50-MA-2-U03-PP 952021100 PNP
S50-PA-5-U03-NN 952001590 NPN
S50-PA-5-U03-PP 952001310 PNP
S50-MA-5-U03-NN 952021740 NPN
S50-MA-5-U03-PP 952021300 PNP
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance: 8 ... 20 mm
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 25 mA
Light emission: UV LED 370 nm
Spot dimension: approx. 3 mm at 20 mm
TM
Indicators:
yellow OUTPUT LED
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Operating mode:
dark with EASYtouch
TM
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
U
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
U
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
U
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
U
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
U
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
U
0
3
-
P
P
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
U
0
3
-
N
N
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
U
0
3
-
P
P
1
3
5
4
2
2
A
= +25 C
3
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
4
1
Limit values
5
the outputs
0 4 8 16 20 (mm)
Operating distance
20
R
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

s
e
n
s
i
t
i
v
i
t
y
S50-PA S50-MA 20 mm
39
DISTANCE SENSOR WITH RED EMISSION
This sensor gives an analogue
0-10 Vdc output proportional to an
object's distance from the face of
the sensor over a di stance of
100 mm. The light intensity of the
yellow indicator LED at the rear of
the sensor is proportional to the
object's distance, the red LED
turns on when the object is outside
the measurement field.
DIMENSIONS
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTIONS
S50-XX-5 S50-XX-2
OUTPUT stat us and
field LEDs
Cable output
Fixing nuts
Fixing gasket
A
C
D
E
F
D
C
E
F
C
A
A
PLASTIC HOUSING
METAL HOUSING
40
Y
mm
3
Direct proportionality (DIR) is activated when
white wire is connected to +Vdc;
Inverse proportionality (INV) is activated
when white wire is connected to 0 V.
The white wire must always be connected.
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
TECHNICAL NOTES
TECHNICAL DATA
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 30 mA
Indicators:
yellow proportional OUTPUT LED
red field LED
Output type: analogue with 0 ... 10V voltage
Output resistance: 2 k
Load resistance: 20 k
Response time: 3,33 ms
Resolution: 1 mm / 200 mV
Operating mode: direct / inverse proportionality
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material:
PBT
nickel plated brass
Lens material: PMMA
Weight:
75 g max.
25 g max.
110 g max.
60 g max.
1
6
4
3
5
2
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
Y
0
0
-
V
K
S
5
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
Y
0
0
-
V
K
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
2
-
Y
0
0
-
V
K
S
5
0
-
M
A
-
5
-
Y
0
0
-
V
K
SELECTION TABLE
S50-PA-2-Y00-VK 952001340
S50-MA-2-Y00-VK 952021120
S50-PA-5-Y00-VK 952001350
S50-MA-5-Y00-VK 952021320
2
A
= +25 C
1
Limit values
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
5
6
the outputs
0 2 4 6 8 10 (cm)
Operating distance
10
inverse proportionality
direct proportionality
Direct proportionality (DIR)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

(
V
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

(
V
)
Inverse proportionality (INV)
S50-PA 10 cm S50-MA
41
MODEL DESCRIPTION ORDER N
ST-5010 M18/14 fixing bracket 95ACC5230
S50 EASY-IN M18/14 EASYin adjustable fixing support 95ACC5300
JOINT-18 M18 jointed support 95ACC5220
SWING-18 adjustable support for plastic tubular M18 sensors 895000006
MICRO-18 support with micrometric regulation for tubular M18 sensors 95ACC1380
SP-40 fixed support for tubular M18 sensors 95ACC1370
MEK-PROOF front protection G5000001
Refer also to Accessories for Sensors of the General Catalogue
TECHNOLOGY
The series is compatible with all the Datasensor accessories already developed for
tubular sensors. In the General Catalogue refer to:
- CS connectors
- R reflectors
- OF fibre-optics
- ST fixing brackets
New accessories dedicated to the S50 series have been developed to cover all the
fixing requirements and to improve the functioning.
In particular EASYin is an innovative fixing system that can be used only for the
plastic flat version, that allows a fast and safe positioning of the sensor, facilitating the
adjustment as well as the locking and unlocking.
1
2
3
4
5
Housing and fixing nuts in indeformable plastic
providing excellent resistance against hostile
environments. Indelible laser marking
A modular product developed for the automation of
the assembling and testing process necessary to
guarantee i ntri nsi c qual i ty, repeatabi l i ty and
rel i abi l i t y. One-pi ece-f l ow management f or
improved service
6
7
42
1
2
3
4
5
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES SELECTION TABLE AND ORDER INFORMATION
EASYtouchis a Datasensor patent-covered technology that allows a rapid and safe setting of micro-controlled
sensors equipped with a teach-in push-button. A pressure longer than two seconds of the push-button allows a good
adjustment of the sensitivity threshold. EASYtouch is the easiest and fastest calibration procedure available on the
market. The instructions on how to best use EASYtouch are given in the product's instruction manual.
Multi-layer fine-line PCB
Chip-size components, integrated circuits in 8
bumps flip-chip
Analogue digital ASIC
Power ASIC for antivalent outputs
M12 custom connector compatible with quick
connection systems. The four terminals are cone-
shaped to facilitate the direct insertion in the cable
conductors (4 x 0,5 mm
2
)
7
6
JOINT-18
UNI-5931 M6 SCREWS
VERTICAL OPTIC AXIS HORIZONTAL OPTIC AXIS
S50 EASYin
UNI-7687 M3 SCREWS
UNI-7687 M3 SCREWS
43
44
ST-5010 ST-5011
ST-5017 ST-5012
MICRO-18 SWING-18
SP-40 MEK PROOF
glass
45
* 2 nuts are included
PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LASER RADIAL OPTICS
S50-PH-2 G00-XG 952002060 laser emitter 6
S50-PH-5-G00-XG 952002070 laser emitter 6
PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LASER AXIAL OPTICS
S50-PL-2 G00-XG 952001420 laser emitter 6
S50-PL-5-G00-XG 952001430 laser emitter 6
PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH RADIAL OPTICS
S50-PR-2-F01-NN 952001820 receiver 2
S50-PR-2-F01-PP 952001170 receiver 2
S50-PR-2-G00-XG 952001210 emitter 2
S50-PR-5-F01-NN 952001760 receiver 2
S50-PR-5-F01-PP 952001180 receiver 2
S50-PR-5-G00-XG 952001220 emitter 2
PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH AXIAL OPTICS
S50-PA-2-F01-NN 952001660 receiver 2
S50-PA-2-F01-PP 952001150 receiver 2
S50-PA-2-G00-XG 952001190 emitter 2
S50-PA-5-F01-NN 952001550 receiver 2
S50-PA-5-F01-PP 952001160 receiver 2
S50-PA-5-G00-XG 952001200 emitter 2
PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LATERAL OPTICS
46
METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LASER AXIAL OPTICS
METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH RADIAL OPTICS
S50-MR-2-F01-NN 952021640 receiver 4
S50-MR-2-F01-PP 952021170 receiver 4
S50-MR-2-G00-XG 952021180 emitter 4
S50-MR-5-F01-NN 952021800 receiver 4
S50-MR-5-F01-PP 952021370 receiver 4
S50-MR-5-G00-XG 952021380 emitter 4
METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH AXIAL OPTICS
S50-MA-2-F01-NN 952021540 receiver 4
S50-MA-2-F01-PP 952021050 receiver 4
S50-MA-2-G00-XG 952021060 emitter 4
S50-MA-5-F01-NN 952021700 receiver 4
S50-MA-5-F01-PP 952021250 receiver 4
S50-MA-5-G00-XG 952021260 emitter 4
METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LASER RADIAL OPTICS
METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LATERAL OPTICS
47
S 5 0 - P A - 2 - B 0 1 - N N
MODEL CODING TABLE
Note: Not all code combinations are available. Please refer to
alphabetical model index for the list of available models.
HEADQUARTERS
DATASENSOR SpA
Tel. +39 051/6765611 Fax +39 051/6759324
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L
T
U
B
U
L
A
R

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
supplied with the products. P
r
i
n
t
e
d

i
n

I
t
a
l
y

i
n

O
c
t
o
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
R
e
v
.

0
6
Distributed by:
HOUSING
P = plastic flat
M = metal cylindrical
OPTICS
A = axial
H = laser radial
L = laser axial
R = radial
S = lateral
CONNECTION
2 = cable
5 = M12 connector
OPTIC FUNCTION
refer to MODEL
ALPHABETICAL
INDEX
SETTING
0 = fixed
1 = trimmer
3 = teach-in
push-button
INPUTS / OUTPUTS
NN = NPN NO-NC outputs
PP = PNP NO-NC outputs
XG = no output - test input
VK = 0 - 10 Vdc output with
dir/inv sel. input
COAXIAL POLARISED RETROREFLEX FOR TRANSPARENTS
The high sensitivity and reduced
hysterisis of this retroreflex sensor
allow to detect even the slightest
at t enuat i on of the received light
emission, caused by the presence
of transparent objects, such as
glass or PET bottles or plastic film
sheets for packaging. The presence
of polarisation filters avoids false
switching on shiny surfaces and
the coaxial optics improves the
detection precision on the entire
operating range.
ACCESSORIES
(A.03) and Fixing Brackets (A.04) of the
General Catalogue
DIMENSIONS
Output status LED
Adjustment trimmer
Cable output
A
B
C
D
CONNECTIONS
Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment.
Rotate clockwise to increase the operating distance.
12
T
A
C
C
D
S60-PA-5 S60-PA-2
B
A
BROWN
WHITE
BLACK
BLUE
NO OUTPUT
Vdc
NC OUTPUT
0V -
(BLUE)
(WHITE)
+ 10 ... 30 Vdc
(BROWN)
(BLACK)
NO OUTPUT
NC OUTPUT
1
Limit values
2
A
= +25 C
3
270 trimmer
4
PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm
2
SELECTION TABLE
coaxial optics - 2 m cable
S60-PA-2-T51-NN 956201530 NPN
S60-PA-2-T51-PP 956201380 PNP
coaxial optics - M12 connector
S60-PA-5-T51-NN 956201250 NPN
S60-PA-5-T51-PP 956201100 PNP
summarised in the last pages of this catalogue
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating distance: 0 ... 2 m
Ripple: 2 Vpp
Consumption: 40 mA
Spot dimension: aprox. 50 mm at 1.5 m
Output type:
PNP, NO and NC
NPN, NO and NC
Connection:
2 m 4 mm cable
Housing material: ABS
Lens materiale: window in glass (tilted anti-reflection)
Weight:
90 g max.
40 g max.
1
3
4
5
6
7
2
S
6
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
T
5
1
-
N
N
S
6
0
-
P
A
-
2
-
T
5
1
-
P
P
S
6
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
T
5
1
-
N
N
S
6
0
-
P
A
-
5
-
T
5
1
-
P
P
0,5 0 1 1,5 2 (m)
R2 1,5
R5
1,4
TECHNICAL NOTES
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
1,7 2
1,7
R2
R5
R2
R5
2 m
5
Connector can be blocked on two positions
6
outputs
7
Internal lenses in glass
13
II3D
S2Z SERIES
The new S2Z Maxi series offers 4
models, with basic optic functions:
- through beam
- polarized retroreflex
- diffuse proximity
- background suppression
Versions with continuous and free-
vol tage Vac. Adj ustabl e timing
versions are also available.
SPDT relay and bipolar transistor
NPN/PNP open collector outputs
are also offered.
Termi nal bl ock connecti on
si mpl i f i es and speeds-up
i nstal l at i on. The heavy-duty
pl asti c housi ng guarant ees
excellent resistance in the most
severe working conditions.
HIGHLIGHTS
IP67 mechanical protection
Timing versions
Terminal block connection
Versions with continuous and
multi-voltage power supply
Anti-interference system
Shock-resistant housing ideal for
severe working conditions
CARATTERISTICHE
Conveyors
APPLICATIONS
S
E
N
S
O
R
S
SENSORS
MAXI SENSORS
Automotive industry
Automatic warehouses
CONNECTIONS
Receiver B/C model
Emitter C model
Emitter B model
Emitter M model
F/G model
DIMENSIONS
The M model presents a multi-
turn adjustment screw for the
adjustment of the background
suppression distance through a
mechanical variation of the optic
triangulation angle. The other
models have a mono-turn
electronic trimmer that adjusts
the sensitivity and the sensor
operating distance. The operating
distance increases, rotating the
screws in a clockwise direction.
The output activation and
deactivation delay time can be
adjusted by a trimmer that can
vary from 0.1 to 5 sec. and the
sensor functioning mode can be
selected thanks to a ten-position
selector.
mm
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
OUTPUT LED (yellow)
STABILITY LED (green)
Adjustment screw
(only M model)
Sensitivity trimmer
(B/C/F/G model)
Timing control
Operating mode selector
D
E
F
E
F
INDICATORS
SETTING
MULTI-VOLTAGE MODELS
CONTINUOUS MODELS
S2ZB/C/F/M S2ZG
S2ZB/C/F/M S2ZG
COMMON SPECIFICATIONS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M
Emission type: IR LED red LED IR LED
Operating distances (typical values): 50m 0.27m 1m 0.22m
Setting: Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer Multi-turn distance
adjustment screw
White/Black difference (90% / 4%) < 35%
Hysteresis on 90% white: 20% 15%
Indicators: OUTPUT LED (yellow) OUTPUT LED
STABILITY LED (green) (yellow)
Operating temperature: -2550C
Storage temperature: -4070C
Dielectric strength: 500Vac 1 min between electronics and housing
Insulating resistance: >20M 500 Vdc between electronics and housing
Ambient light rejection: according to EN 60947-5-2
Vibrations: 0.5mm width, 10 55Hz frequency, for each axis (EN60068-2-6)
Shock resistance: 11ms (30G) 6 shocks for each axis (EN60068-2-27)
Lens material: PC/PET PMMA PC/PET PMMA/PC
Mechanical protection: IP67 (IEC / EN60529) / NEMA TYPE 1 (For UL / c-UL)
Connections: Terminal block (recommended cable diameter between 8 and 10 mm)
MULTI-VOLTAGE MODELS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M
Power supply: 24240Vac / 12240Vdc
Ripple: 10% max
Consumption (output current excluded): 3VA max 3VA max
(G model)
3VA max
(F model)
Outputs: SPDT electromagnetic relay: 250Vac, 30Vdc
Output current: 3A (resistance load)
130g (F mod)
CONTINUOUS MODELS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M
Power supply: 1224Vdc
Ripple: 10% max
Consumption (output current excluded): 20mA max 30mA max.
(G model)
25mA max
(F model)
Outputs: PNP and NPN open collector
Output current: 100 mA (resistance load)
Output saturation voltage: 2.4V max
110g (F mod)
TECHNICAL DATA
TIMING FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Four selectable timing functions: one shot, ON delay, OFF delay and normal mode. The
functions can be adjusted, using a trimmer, from 0.1 to 5 seconds.
The timing functions can be particularly useful in applications where the output signal pulse has
to be modified.
Through beam
DETECTION DIAGRAMS
m
cm
Diffuse proximity
mm
mm
Polarized retroreflex on R2 reflector
mm
mm
Background suppression
mm
%
6% black /
90% white
18% grey /
90% white
90% white
18% grey
Other models Through beam
20 0 40 60
80 (m)
70 50
2 0 4 6 8 10 (m)
S2Z-M
S2Z-B
2
S2Z-C 1
2.1
1.2
7 9
MODEL POWER SUPPLY DELAY OUTPUT N ORDER
S2Z-PA-1-FG01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051130
S2Z-PA-1-FG06-R Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051140
The company endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason the technical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations
without prior notice. For correct installation and use, the company can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manual supplied with the products.
Printed in Italy in May 2009, Rev. 00
www.datasensor.com
C
O
N
T
R
A
S
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
The TL10 series is composed of analog contrast sensors with incandescent lamp
emission with long life and easy interchangeability.
The sensors present a mechanical multi-turn optic adjuster for the sensitivity
regulation, a switch for the dark/light operating mode selection and a red LED that
signals the NPN transistor output activation.
Different models are available with 8, 28 and 50 mm lenses.
TL10 SERIES
ANALOGUE SENSORS WITH LAMP EMISSION
Incandescent lamp emission
Optic adjustment of the sensitivity
8, 28 and 50 mm lenses available
Dark/light mode selector

4.5 Vac for lamp emission
Light emission: ............................................. 4.5 V (0,8 A) incandescent lamp
Spot dimension: ........................................... 5 x 1 mm (8 mm lens)
6 x 2.5 mm (28 mm lens)
8 x 2.5 mm (50 mm lens)
28 ... 36 mm (28 mm lens)
46 ... 54 mm (50 mm lens)
4 mm (28 and 50 mm lenses)
Setting: .......................................................... mechanical multi-turn actuator
Output type: .................................................. NPN
Saturation voltage: ....................................... 1.4 V max.
Response time: ............................................. 50 s max.
Switching frequency: ................................... 10 KHz max.
Operating mode : .......................................... dark/light selectable
Connection: ...................................................3 m 5.5 mm cable
cable with Amphenol connector
Weight: .......................................................... 600 g max.
Fibre operating temperature: ...................... -30 ... +60C
Certifications: ...............................................
28 mm lens
8 mm lens
50 mm lens
CONNECTIONS
DIMENSIONS
CABLE VERSIONS
28 mm lens
50 mm lens
mm
46
50

4
8
.
5
M
2
0
x
0
.
7
5

3
3
42
M
2
0
x
0
.
7
5
6
44
C
O
N
T
R
A
S
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
010066 6V/6W lamp vertical spot (standard vers.) S2600030
010067 6V/6W lamp horizontal spot (90 vers.) S2610300
MODEL OPTICS SPOT CONNECTION OUTPUT CODE N
TL10-012 8 mm vertical Amphenol connector NPN S917660105
TL10-011L 8 mm horizontal cable NPN S917660102
Distributed by:
P
r
i
n
t
e
d

i
n

I
t
a
l
y

i
n

J
u
l
y

2
0
0
5
R
e
v
.

0
2
HEADQUARTERS
DATASENSOR SpA
Tel. +39 051/6765611 Fax +39 051/6759324
C
O
N
T
R
A
S
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
Red or green selectable LED emission
Threshold setting with multi-turn trimmer
9, 18, 28 mm lenses and fibre-optics available
Selectable NPN/PNP output and dark/light mode

The TL80 series is composed of analog-based contast sensors with LED
emission, distinguished by good depth of field and high switching frequency
reaching 10 kHz.
Switching threshold setting is aided by two arrow indicators showing the multiturn
trimmers rotation direction; moreover switches for the selection of the red or
green emission, dark or light operating mode, NPN or PNP output and timing
function are also present.
Accessory lenses for different operating distances and various proximity and
through beam fibre-optics extend the application possibilities. The sturdy metal
housing guarantees IP67 protection.
TL80 SERIES
ANALOG SENSORS WITH LED EMISSION
16 ... 20 mm (18 mm lens)
25 ... 31 mm (28 mm lens)
Depth of field: ............................................... 2 mm (9 and 18 mm lenses)
3 mm (28 mm lens)
Setting: .......................................................... multi-turn trimmer
red LEDs for trimmer rotation direction
Saturation voltage: ....................................... 1.2 V max. (NPN vers.)
2.2 V max. (PNP vers.)
Output current: ............................................. 200 mA max.; short-circuit protection
Response time: ............................................. 50 s (8, 18 mm, fibre-optic vers.)
166 s (28 mm vers.)
Switching frequency: ................................... 10 KHz max. (8, 18 mm, fibre-optic vers.)
3.3 KHz max. (28 mm vers.)
Connection: ...................................................M12 4-pole conn., 3 m 5 mm cable
or cable with Amphenol connector
Weight: .......................................................... 550 g max.
Operating temerature: .................................. -10 ... +55C
-30 ... +60C (OF-30)
Certifications: ...............................................
18 mm lens
9 mm lens
28 mm lens
mm
mm
%
mm
mm
mm
%
%
%
%
CONNECTIONS
DIMENSIONS
mm
M12 CONNECTOR
OF-35
OPTIC FIBRES
OF-30
OF-31
OF-32
OF-33
OF-34
2.5
12.5 12.5
27.5
500
35

3
M
4
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
35
8
2.5 M
6
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
35
8
3
1
M
6
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
35
8
1.6
M
6
12.5
+0
-0.1
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
1000
35
35
1
8
8
3
3
1
3
.
4
M5x5 n8
21
30
8
7
4
1
.
5
2
8
3
6
.
5
62.5
58.5
5
25
25
33
24
15.5
4
7
4
4
.
5
7
5
2
8
C
O
N
T
R
A
S
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
MODEL SPOT OPTICS CONNECTION CODE N
TL80-011L horizontal 9 mm cable 964051010
TL80-012 vertical 9 mm Amphenol connector 964051020
TL80-012L horizontal 9 mm Amphenol connector 964051030
TL80-015L horizontal 9 mm M12 connector 964051050
TL80F-041 refer to fibers optic fibre cable 964051120
TL80F-042 refer to fibers optic fibre Amphenol connector 964051130
TL80F-045 refer to fibers optic fibre M12 connector 964051140
Distributed by:
P
r
i
n
t
e
d

i
n

I
t
a
l
y

i
n

J
u
l
y

2
0
0
5
R
e
v
.

0
4
HEADQUARTERS
DATASENSOR SpA
Tel. +39 051/6765611 Fax +39 051/6759324
C
O
N
T
R
A
S
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
Teach-in, Remote setting and models with Auto-Set
Red/green or white LED emission
Various interchangeable lenses and fibre-optic versions
Metal housing with orientable optics and connector

The TL series offers the most reliable and innovative solutions for all detection
applications of register marks and other neutral or coloured references.
The microprocessor-based setting can be either Teach-in using two push-buttons
or Remote by cable with the possibility of rapidly memorising and recalling 4
different formats. The setting can also be dynamic and completely automatic in the
models with the Auto-Set function.
The LED emission can be red/green with automatic selection, or white offering the
possibility of operating on all contrasts, also amongst same-coloured objects and
backgrounds, presenting different surface treatments or workings.
Models with interchangeable 9 mm or 18 mm lenses are available; 22, 28 and 50
mm lenses are supplied as accessories. Moreover many different fibre-optic
models are available. The output is NPN or PNP according to the model, but is
always selectable by means of an internal switch; an analog output proportional to
the received light is also present.
TL SERIES
P BASED SENSORS WITH LED EMISSION
white LED (TL-4/5xx vers.)
3 mm (9 lens - circular)
14 ... 22 mm (18 mm lens)
22 ... 34 mm (28 mm lens)
40 ... 60 mm (50 mm lens)
4 mm (18 mm lens)
6 mm (28 mm lens)
10 mm (50 mm lens)
Setting: .......................................................... Teach-in with 2 push-buttons
Remote with 2 wires
dynamic Auto-Set (vers.TL-417/517)
green POWER LED (vers.TL-417/517)
green READY LED
Response time: ............................................. 50 s max., 25 s max. (TL-4/5xx vers.)
Switching frequency: ................................... 10 kHz max., 20 kHz max. (TL-4/5xx vers.)
Operating mode: .......................................... automatic dark/light selection
Connection: .................................................. M12 4-pole connector
3m 6.1 mm shielded cable
Weight: .......................................................... 310 g max. (connector vers.)
450 g max. (cable vers.)
Operating temperature: ............................... -10 ... +55C
-30 ... +60C (OF-30)
Certifications: ...............................................
The operating distances indicate the typical detection distance.
22 mm lens
9 mm lens
28 mm lens
50 mm lens
18 mm lens
operating distance.
II3D
CONNECTIONS
DIMENSIONS
M12 CONNECTOR
mm
NPN/PNP OUTPUT
NPN/PNP OUTPUT
*
* Dark/light mode selection input for Auto-Set models
50 mm lens OF-35
OPTIC FIBRES
OF-30
OF-31
OF-32
OF-33
OF-34
2.5
12.5 12.5
27.5
500
35

3
M
4
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
35
8
2.5 M
6
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
35
8
3
1
M
6
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
35
8
1.6
M
6
12.5
+0
-0.1
12.5
+0
-0.1
1000
1000
35
35
1
8
8
3
3
1
3
.
4

2
8
M
2
0
x
0
.
7
5
31.5
28

2
5

3
3
M
2
0
x
0
.
7
5
15
11.5
42
M
2
0
x
0
.
7
5
6
44
22 mm lens HI-RES lens
28 mm lens
18 mm lens
LENSES
46
50

4
8
.
5
M
2
0
x
0
.
7
5
4
9.2
2
0

2
5
M
2
0
x
0
.
7
5
18 mm lens
cap
READY LED
MARK
PUSH-BUTTON
OUTPUT LED
BKGD
PUSH-BUTTON
M12 CONNECTOR
15
4.3
7.5
81.2
20.9
28 27.5 14.1 9 mm lens
n4 M5x6
n4 M5x0.24
n4 M5x6
n4 M5x0.24 28 36.6

2
5

6
.
1
2
4
3
9
.
8
5
.
9
5
8
4
2
.
2
3
1
M
1
2
x
1
CAP

2
5
2
1
MODEL EMISSION SPOT OPTICS CONNECTION OUTPUT CODE N
TL-011 red/green vertical 9 mm cable NPN 964401000
TL-011L red/green horizontal 9 mm cable NPN 964401010
TL-015 red/green vertical 9 mm M12 connector NPN 964401020
TL-015L red/green horizontal 9 mm M12 connector NPN 964401030
TL-061 red/green vertical 18 mm cable NPN 964401040
TL-065 red/green vertical 18 mm M12 connector NPN 964401060
TL-111 red/green vertical 9 mm cable PNP 964401080
TL-111L red/green horizontal 9 mm cable PNP 964401090
TL-115 red/green vertical 9 mm M12 connector PNP 964401100
TL-115L red/green horizontal 9 mm M12 connector PNP 964401110
TL-161 red/green vertical 18 mm cable PNP 964401120
TL-165 red/green vertical 18 mm M12 connector PNP 964401140
TL-415C white circular 9 mm M12 connector NPN 954151330
TL-417C (*) white circular 9 mm M12 connector NPN 954151340
TL-445 white refer to fibres fibre-optic M12 connector NPN 954151350
TL-515C white circular 9 mm M12 connector PNP 954151360
TL-517C (*) white circular 9 mm M12 connector PNP 954151370
TL-545 white refer to fibres fibre-optic M12 connector PNP 954151380
* Automatic dynamic setting with Auto-Set function
C
O
N
T
R
A
S
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
S
Lens Hi-Res lens with 9 mm focus (*) 95ACC1050
Lens No.18 lens with 18 mm focus 95ACC1030
Lens No.22 lens with 22 mm focus 95ACC1100
Lens No.28 lens with 28 mm focus 890000194
Lens No.50 lens with 50 mm focus S73030511
* focussing lens to screw between the sensor and the normal 9 mm lens
Distributed by:
P
r
i
n
t
e
d

i
n

I
t
a
l
y

i
n

J
u
l
y

2
0
0
5
R
e
v
.

0
5
HEADQUARTERS
DATASENSOR SpA
Tel. +39 051/6765611 Fax +39 051/6759324

Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

S

M18 x 100 (SDS5)

M12 8 polos / M8 4 polos / RJ45

M12 8 polos / M12 4 polos

M12 8 polos / M12 4 polos

Sensitivity adjustment and Stability LED

Free voltage power supply and relay output

10-30 Vdc power supply with NPN and PNP outputs

Versions with 5 timing functions

Complete range of optic functions, universal, application

Flat plastic tubular housing for improved versatility or

Versions with axial or radial optics, with fixed, trimmer or

Cable or M12 connection with EN standard NPN or PNP

Incandescent lamp emission

Optic adjustment of the sensitivity

8, 28 and 50 mm lenses available

Dark/light mode selector

Red or green selectable LED emission

Threshold setting with multi-turn trimmer

9, 18, 28 mm lenses and fibre-optics available

Selectable NPN/PNP output and dark/light mode

Sensitivity adjustment and Stability LED

Free voltage power supply and relay output

10-30 Vdc power supply with NPN and PNP outputs

Versions with 5 timing functions

Complete range of optic functions, universal, application

Flat plastic tubular housing for improved versatility or

Versions with axial or radial optics, with fixed, trimmer or

Cable or M12 connection with EN standard NPN or PNP

Incandescent lamp emission

Optic adjustment of the sensitivity

8, 28 and 50 mm lenses available

Dark/light mode selector

Red or green selectable LED emission

Threshold setting with multi-turn trimmer

9, 18, 28 mm lenses and fibre-optics available

Selectable NPN/PNP output and dark/light mode

Teach-in, Remote setting and models with Auto-Set

Red/green or white LED emission

Various interchangeable lenses and fibre-optic versions

Metal housing with orientable optics and connector

You might also like